More annual reports from Insurance Australia Group Ltd.:
2022 ReportPeers and competitors of Insurance Australia Group Ltd.:
HilltopI
n
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
A
u
s
t
r
a
l
i
a
G
r
o
u
p
A
n
n
u
a
l
R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
1
Insurance Australia Group
Annual Report 2012
>
2 the
numbers
Insurance australIa Group lImIted
abn 60 090 739 923
contents
FIve Year FInancIal summarY
corporate Governance
dIrectors’ report
remuneratIon report
lead audItor’s Independence declaratIon
1
2
12
19
37
FInancIal statements
dIrectors’ declaratIon
Independent audItor’s report
shareholder InFormatIon
corporate dIrectorY
38
109
110
112
116
KeY dates
Full year results and dividend announcement
Notice of meeting mailing to shareholders commences
Final dividend for ordinary shares
■ Record date
■ Payment date
Annual general meeting
Payment date for IAGPC dividend
Half year end
Half year results announcement
Interim dividend for ordinary shares
■ Record date
■ Payment date
Payment date for IAGPC dividend
2013 financial year end
Full year results announcement
23 August 2012
4 September 2012
5 September 2012
3 October 2012
23 October 2012
1 November 2012
31 December 2012
21 February 2013*
6 March 2013*
3 April 2013*
1 May 2012
30 June 2013
22 August 2013*
*
Please note: Dates are subject to change. Any changes will be published via a notice to the ASX.
ABOUT
THIS REPORT
2012 AnnUAl
GEnERAl MEETInG
SUSTAInABlE
PAPER CHOICE
IAG’s 2012 annual general meeting will be
held on Tuesday, 23 October 2012 at the
Wesley Conference Centre, 220 Pitt Street,
Sydney NSW 2000, commencing at
10.00am. Details of the meeting, including
information about how to vote, will be
contained in our notice of meeting,
which will be mailed to shareholders,
and available online at www.iag.com.au
from Tuesday, 4 September 2012.
Because we are committed to minimising
our impact on the environment, this report
is printed on Revive Laser recycled paper.
Revive Laser is certified carbon neutral
by the Department of Climate Change and
Energy Efficiency’s National Carbon Offset
Standard (NCOS), an Australian Government
Initiative. Revive Laser is Australian made
and Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
Recycled Certified and carries ISO 14001
Environmental Certification. Selection of
Revive Laser paper leads to a donation
being made to Landcare Australia.
The Insurance Australia Group (IAG) 2012
annual report includes IAG’s full statutory
accounts, along with the directors’,
remuneration and corporate governance
reports for the financial year 2012. Please
read this report together with the 2012
annual review, which provides a summary
of IAG’s operational performance, including
the Chairman’s and CEO’s reviews. If you
do not receive a copy of the annual
review, you can access an interactive
version online from the home page of
our website at www.iag.com.au. To have
a copy of the annual report mailed to you,
contact IAG’s Share Registry using the
contact details on page 116. In addition,
detailed information about IAG’s business
sustainability performance is available in
our 2012 sustainability report, available
from www.iag.com.au. All figures are in
Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.
FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL
SUMMARY
Gross written premium
Premium revenue
Outward reinsurance premium expense
Net premium revenue
Net claims expense
Underwriting expenses
Underwriting profit/(loss)
Net investment income on assets backing insurance liabilities
Insurance profit/(loss)
Net investment income from equity holders' funds(b)
Other income
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Finance costs
Corporate and administration expenses
Amortisation expense and impairment charges of acquired
intangible assets and goodwill(c)
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax expense
Net profit/(loss)
Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Net profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of Insurance
Australia Group Limited
Ordinary equity holders' equity ($ million)
Total assets ($ million)
PREMIUM GROWTH
Gross written premium
KEY RATIOS
Loss ratio(d)
Expense ratio(e)
Combined ratio(f)
Insurance margin(g)
SHARE INFORMATION
Dividends per ordinary share - fully franked (cents)
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Ordinary share price at 30 June ($) (ASX: IAG)
Convertible preference share price at 30 June ($) (ASX: IAGPC)
Reset preference share price at 30 June ($) (ASX: IAGPA)
Reset exchangeable securities price at 30 June ($) (ASX: IANG)
Issued ordinary shares (million shares)
Issued convertible preference shares (million shares)
Issued reset preference shares (million shares)
Market capitalisation (ordinary shares) at 30 June ($ million)
Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share ($)
2012
$m
8,992
8,577
(734)
7,843
(5,791)
(2,144)
(92)
924
832
89
253
(12)
(97)
(297)
(325)
443
(178)
265
(58)
2011
$m
8,050
7,858
(620)
7,238
(5,089)
(1,978)
171
489
660
213
264
(8)
(86)
(259)
(170)
614
(276)
338
(88)
2010
$m
7,782
7,621
(556)
7,065
(5,072)
(2,054)
(61)
554
493
96
256
3
(88)
(245)
(113)
402
(212)
190
(99)
2009
$m
7,842
7,718
(485)
7,233
(5,370)
(2,128)
(265)
780
515
(39)
403
8
(87)
(423)
(65)
312
(65)
247
(66)
2008(a)
$m
7,793
7,765
(470)
7,295
(5,155)
(2,180)
(40)
432
392
24
487
(3)
(101)
(528)
(407)
(136)
(90)
(226)
(35)
207
4,343
25,132
250
4,417
23,029
91
4,486
20,442
181
4,671
19,360
(261)
4,204
19,380
11.7
%
%3.4
(0.8)
%
%0.6
%5.6
73.8
27.4
101.2
10.6
%
%
%
%
70.3
27.3
97.6
%
%
%
%9.1
71.8
29.1
100.9
%
%
%
%7.0
74.2
29.4
103.6
%
%
%
%7.1
70.7
29.9
100.6
%
%
%
%5.4
17.00
10.01
3.48
98.10
-
99.30
2,079
4
-
7,235
1.20
16.00
12.08
3.40
-
101.01
103.00
2,079
-
4
7,069
1.23
13.00
4.39
3.41
-
98.55
100.00
2,079
-
4
7,089
1.16
10.00
9.32
3.51
-
100.50
74.75
2,071
-
4
7,269
1.16
22.50
(14.11)
3.47
-
85.00
81.89
1,878
-
4
6,517
0.93
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
The financial information for the 2008 year has been reclassified to provide comparable figures for the segment reporting adopted in 2009. This includes reallocation of
corporate expenses and reinsurance to the operating divisions.
This included an unrealised gain/(loss) on embedded derivatives of ($96 million) for 2010, $27 million for 2009 and $69 million for 2008.
This included impairment charges for acquired identifiable intangible assets and goodwill of $297 million for 2012, $150 million for 2011, $87 million for 2010, $18
million for 2009 and $342 million for 2008.
The loss ratio refers to the net claims expense as a percentage of net earned premium.
The expense ratio refers to the underwriting expenses as a percentage of net earned premium.
The combined ratio refers to the sum of the loss ratio and expense ratio.
Insurance margin is a ratio of insurance profit over net premium revenue.
1
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
IAG’S APPROACH TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
IAG is committed to attaining the highest level of corporate governance to ensure the future sustainability of the organisation and to
create long term value for its shareholders. To achieve this, IAG promotes a culture that rewards performance, integrity, respect and a
considered sense of urgency.
The regulatory environments in which IAG conducts its businesses continue to have a major influence on IAG’s corporate governance
practices. Sound regulatory regimes are required to assist with stability and sustainability of the general insurance sector in the
countries in which IAG operates or intends to operate.
IAG believes that active engagement with governments, regulators and industry and professional groups ensures that the interests of
IAG and its stakeholders are properly considered in the formulation of proposals to improve corporate governance, the general
insurance prudential regime and insurance industry practices. In this context, IAG strives for regulation that enhances rather than
stifles competition, protects consumers, encourages efficiency, and promotes and sustains public confidence in general insurers and
their products.
IAG has again actively participated in the debate to improve Australia’s corporate governance regime, making submissions to Federal
and State Government committees, reviews and inquiries and regulators in relation to new legislation and regulation affecting the
general insurance industry, particularly flood and catastrophe insurance. As part of IAG’s commitment to open and transparent
communication, all Australian public government submissions are available to view in the News Centre on the IAG website at
www.iag.com.au. IAG has also participated in a number of reviews of the New Zealand regulatory and legislative framework.
In addition, IAG representatives continued to participate in forums, working parties, committees of domestic and overseas insurance
industry associations, and accounting and actuarial professional bodies to help formulate responses to proposals to improve corporate
governance, prudential and financial reporting standards and practices that have particular application to the general insurance
industry.
The key corporate governance practices followed by IAG and its people are summarised below. They are not an exhaustive list of all
corporate governance practices in place at IAG. Copies of IAG’s board and board committee charters and key corporate governance
policies are on IAG’s website at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
Throughout the reporting period, IAG has complied with the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Corporate Governance Council’s
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (2nd edition) as outlined below.
PRINCIPLE 1. LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT
1.1 THE BOARD
The board is accountable to shareholders for the performance, operations and affairs of IAG. The board’s principal role is to govern,
rather than manage, IAG. The directors represent and serve the interests of the shareholders and collectively oversee and appraise
the strategies, policies and performance of IAG.
The board is responsible for oversight of IAG, including:
driving the strategic direction of IAG and approving group strategies;
approving significant corporate initiatives including major acquisitions, projects and divestments, and capital management
transactions;
setting IAG’s risk appetite;
selecting appropriate candidates and recommending to IAG shareholders the re-election, election or removal of directors;
evaluating board processes and performance of the board as a whole, as well as contributions by individual directors;
monitoring management’s performance and the exercise of the board’s delegated authority;
evaluating regularly and, if necessary, replacing the chief executive officer (CEO);
reviewing CEO, chief financial officer (CFO) and senior management succession planning; and
setting standards for and ensuring that proper governance practices (including appropriate standards of ethical behaviour,
corporate governance, and social and environmental responsibility) are adhered to at all times.
Find out more about the board’s responsibilities in the board charter on the IAG website at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
2 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
1.2 APPOINTMENT TERMS
Formal appointment letters have been issued and signed by each non-executive director, including the chairman, to assist individual
directors in understanding the role of the board and the corporate governance principles and practices adopted by the board. The
letters formally document the basis of each director’s appointment, including the standard terms of their appointments.
The appointment letters also provide for:
the right of non-executive directors to obtain independent professional financial and legal advice, at the Company’s expense, to
assist with discharging their duties efficiently;
the measures used, and the processes to be applied, by the board to assess the individual performance of directors, details of
which are set out in section 2.8 below; and
the requirement that directors abide by the Code of Ethics and comply with the IAG Continuous Disclosure and Security Trading
Policies.
1.3 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO)
The board has delegated responsibility for the overall management and profit performance of IAG, including all the day-to-day
operations and administration of IAG, to the CEO, who is responsible for:
the efficient and effective operation of IAG;
fostering a culture that rewards performance, integrity, respect and a considered sense of urgency;
ensuring the ongoing development, implementation and monitoring of IAG’s risk management and internal controls framework;
ensuring the board is provided with accurate and clear information in a timely manner to promote effective decision making by the
board; and
ensuring all material matters affecting IAG are brought to the board’s attention.
The CEO manages IAG in accordance with the policies, budget, corporate plan and strategies approved by the board, and has the
power to manage IAG, subject to the limits set out in the Charter of CEO Delegated Authority Limits attached to the board charter at
www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
1.4 PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT – CEO AND GROUP EXECUTIVES
Financial and non financial goals are set for each group executive in conjunction with the CEO at the commencement of each financial
year. The goals are stretch goals and are designed to encourage group executives to strive for exceptional performance while ensuring
IAG’s long term financial soundness. Measuring achievement against these goals is the basis for assessing an individual group
executive’s performance. The methods of assessment have been selected so that they can be objectively measured and verified. At
the end of each financial year the CEO completes a formal review of each group executive’s performance. These assessments are the
basis for determining any short term incentive payments and for allocating long term incentives to group executives, which are
reviewed by the Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee (NRSC) and approved by the board.
Financial and non financial goals and performance of the CEO are determined and assessed by the board using this approach.
Further detail on short and long term incentives of the CEO and group executives is set out in the remuneration report on pages
19 to 35.
Newly appointed group executives have access to an orientation program which includes meetings with other members of the
executive team and select senior managers to apprise them of the detail of IAG’s operations, financial position, strategies, and risk
management framework.
PRINCIPLE 2. STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE
2.1 STRUCTURE AND COMPOSITION
The Company’s constitution provides for a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 12 or less directors as determined by the
directors from time to time. The directors have determined that, for the present, the maximum number of directors is eight.
The board currently comprises seven independent non-executive directors, and one executive director, Michael Wilkins, the CEO of IAG.
The board considers its size and composition annually. The board’s policy is to ensure that the board comprises directors who
collectively have the relevant experience, knowledge, diversity and skills required for the Company. This takes into account IAG’s
current size, market position, complexity and strategic focus. In reviewing its composition and requirements for director succession,
the board is also mindful of the corporate governance practices and requirements for directors of general insurance companies.
The board has adopted a framework for effective director selection and board succession to ensure that the board’s skills,
competencies and knowledge match the strategic objectives of IAG. Some key tenets of the framework were:
determining the skills, competencies, behaviours and experience required for an effective board and the nature and
measurement of these competencies;
the board should demonstrate diversity in age, personality, gender, work and life experience and comprise people that think
differently and have different backgrounds; and
the adoption of a systematic and strategic approach for board succession and a formal approach to director selection.
2.2 DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The board has determined that the board must be comprised of a majority of independent non-executive directors and that the
chairman must be an independent non-executive director. The non-executive directors are free of any business or relationship that
could materially interfere with the independent exercise of their judgement. All current non-executive directors have confirmed their
continued independence.
3
The board will determine whether each director is independent, using the principles outlined in its charter. Find out more about this at
www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
2.3 THE CHAIRMAN
The chairman provides leadership to the board and IAG. The chairman presides at board and general meetings of the Company. The
chairman is an independent non-executive director and is responsible for ensuring the board discharges its role, and works closely with
the CEO in that regard.
2.4 COMMITTEE PROCESSES
All standing board committees are required to have at least three members and currently comprise only independent non-executive
directors. Each committee meets at least four times each year.
The CEO, group executives and senior management are invited to meetings as required. All directors have access to committee papers
and may attend any committee meeting.
The chairs of the committees give oral reports on outcomes at the board meeting immediately following each committee meeting and
copies of all committee minutes are made available to the full board.
Each committee annually reviews fulfilment of its responsibilities under its respective charter. The performance of each committee is
reviewed at the same time as the board conducts its own review of performance.
Copies of the committee charters are available at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
2.5 APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
The NRSC assesses the skills required to discharge competently the board’s duties, having regard to the Company’s performance,
financial position and strategic direction, including the specific knowledge, skills and experience that the board determines as
necessary for one or more of the directors to possess.
The NRSC annually makes recommendations to the board on candidates for appointment and re-election of directors, either when a
vacancy arises or if it is considered that the board would benefit from the services of a new director. Particular attention is given to the
mix of skills, experience, diversity and expertise of existing directors and how the candidate’s competencies will complement and
balance these qualities.
The Company's constitution requires one third of eligible directors to retire from office each year. Eligible directors who retire may offer
themselves for re-election by shareholders at the annual general meeting. The board advises shareholders of whether it supports the
re-election of each retiring director by including a statement in the notice of annual general meeting. Any director appointed during the
year to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors must stand for election at the next annual general meeting.
The board may from time to time, and as considered appropriate, engage reputable recruitment consultants to assist the board to
identify suitable candidates for appointment to the board.
2.6 TENURE
It is expected that directors will continue as directors only for so long as they have the confidence of their fellow board members and
the confidence of the Company’s shareholders.
The board has a tenure policy which applies to non-executive directors to ensure the board comprises directors who collectively have
the relevant experience and skills required, and assist in maintaining the independence of the board. The policy, among other things,
provides that the standard tenure for a non-executive director would be up to 10 years, although the board has the discretion to invite
directors to stand for an additional term which may take their total tenure beyond 10 years.
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
Brian Schwartz (Chairman)
Yasmin Allen
Phillip Colebatch
Hugh Fletcher
Anna Hynes
Philip Twyman
Peter Bush
TERM IN OFFICE AT IAG (AT THE DATE OF THIS STATEMENT)
7 years and 7 months
7 years and 9 months
5 years and 7 months
4 years and 11 months
4 years and 11 months
4 years and 1 month
1 year and 6 months
The names of directors in office at the date of this report, their year of appointment, their designation as an independent non-executive
or executive director and their experience, expertise and biographical details are set out at pages 12 to 14.
2.7 POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Where the board is required to approve a transaction or arrangement with an organisation in which a director has an interest, the
relevant director must disclose their interest and abstain from voting. Directors with potential conflicts do not serve on any board
committees that are appointed to provide oversight of the implementation of transactions or arrangements in which the other
organisation plays a role.
2.8 MEASURING THE PERFORMANCE OF DIRECTORS
Each director’s performance is subject to evaluation by the chairman annually, by discussion between the chairman and the director.
Individual directors also evaluate the chairman’s performance annually.
4 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
The NRSC conducts an internal review of the board’s performance with assistance from external experts, composition and size at least
every three years. A formal review of board performance and succession was conducted in May 2012, with assistance and input from
an independent board performance expert. The review process involves the completion of questionnaires by directors and group
executives and interviews with the independent expert, the collation of results and discussion with individual directors and the board
as a whole led by the chairman.
Measures of a director’s performance will include:
contribution of the director to board teamwork;
contribution to debates on significant issues and proposals;
advice and assistance given to management;
input regarding regulatory, industry and social developments surrounding the business; and
in the case of the chairman’s performance, the fulfilment of his or her additional role as chairman.
2.9 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR INDUCTION, EDUCATION AND TRAINING
IAG encourages continuing professional education for each of its directors. All directors are expected to remain up to date in relation
to issues affecting IAG, the general insurance industry, and their duties as directors. The right of non-executive directors to obtain
independent professional financial and legal advice, at the Company’s expense, to assist with discharging their duties efficiently is
noted in their letter of appointment. New directors have access to an orientation program to introduce the executive team and the
detail of IAG’s businesses. Orientation includes individual meetings with the CEO, group executives and senior management, as well
as site visits.
Workshops are conducted, as required, to assist directors’ education on topics which include reinsurance, capital, risk management
and investment management. Directors have unfettered access to senior executives and the external auditor and are encouraged to
meet with these executives to further their knowledge and understanding of the organisation.
Executive directors appointed to subsidiary and associated company boards are required to undertake director training and to
demonstrate that they have undertaken ongoing development and training to continue to effectively and competently perform their
roles as executive directors.
2.10 BOARD OPERATIONS
The board meets formally at least seven times during the year. From time to time scheduled board meetings are held interstate and
overseas as required. Directors are also involved in a number of additional board meetings for specific purposes. This year, among
other activities, the board travelled to New Zealand and China to review local operations and meet with management and, in China,
IAG’s associate partner.
The board meets each March with IAG’s executive team to review the Company’s strategic plan and to set the Company’s overall
strategic direction.
Directors are encouraged to bring to board meetings objective independent judgement in relation to the matters under consideration,
to ask incisive, robust questions and to require accurate, honest answers.
Directors’ attendance at board and committee meetings held during the year is shown at page 15 in the directors’ report.
Directors set aside time in meetings from time to time, to meet without the CEO and/or management representatives present. The
board usually also meets with the CEO (without other group executives present) at the commencement of each scheduled board
meeting.
Senior management representatives frequently attend board meetings at the board’s invitation. Directors receive agendas, board
papers and minutes in soft copy in advance of meetings.
2.11 COMPANY SECRETARY
All directors have access to the Company Secretary and the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is decided by the
board.
The Company Secretary is responsible to the board for ensuring board procedures are complied with and also provides advice and
counsel to the board in relation to the Company’s constitution, corporate governance and other matters.
The qualifications and experience of IAG’s company secretary are set out at page 15.
PRINCIPLE 3. PROMOTE ETHICAL AND RESPONSIBLE DECISION MAKING
IAG takes ethical and responsible decision making very seriously. It expects its employees and directors to do the same, as they are all
accountable for ensuring that their behaviours, decisions and choices are:
in accordance with all laws and regulations of the countries in which IAG operates; and
consistent with IAG’s ethical principles as set out in IAG’s Code of Ethics and the IAG policies and standards that relate directly to
their duties.
Find out more about The IAG Code of Ethics, The Way We Choose To Do Business, on the IAG website at www.iag.com.au/about/ethics.
3.1 IAG CODE OF ETHICS
The IAG Code of Ethics has been developed to provide all group employees with a framework to make good, informed business
decisions and to act on them with integrity. The Code sets out the principles to guide the behaviours of every employee in IAG. This
means that when IAG’s stakeholders interact with employees, they should feel assured that employees will act in a responsible,
ethical, transparent and honest way, wherever IAG operates.
5
The Code applies to all employees of entities where IAG has majority ownership or which are otherwise to be considered IAG
subsidiaries and to all non-executive directors.
In some regions, the IAG Code of Ethics is also supported by a Code of Conduct, which provides more specific guidance for operating in
the local legal and regulatory environments.
Copies of the Codes of Conduct for Australia and New Zealand are available at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
3.2 DIVERSITY
IAG’s growth strategy requires evolution of the thinking, behaviours and capabilities that have led to success in the past. Diversity of
thought is an important component of IAG's success strategy and it is through this critical business lens that IAG intends to take
diversity to the next level. Diverse thinking enables innovative approaches to achieve IAG’s strategy, improve decision making and
facilitate an effective workplace. This approach is supported by an ongoing focus on diversity demographics (age, ethnicity, gender,
etc).
Diversity activity
In the financial year ended 30 June 2012, IAG took steps towards fulfilling its Diversity Ambition, including:
increasing parental leave benefits to offer the most generous and accessible parental leave programme in the financial services
industry including:
14 weeks paid parental leave; and
an additional six week ‘welcome back’ lump-sum payment to all Australian-based employees who are primary carers and
return to work after having a child. The aim is to help alleviate some of the pressures people face when returning to work
from parental leave, and reduce attrition of people who take parental leave.
putting measures in place to ensure our pay review system remains fair and consistent, regardless of gender or circumstance and
committing to holding remuneration reviews with all our people who are on a period of extended leave;
flexibility around how, when and where work is done, with:
tools and support to help managers and employees effectively implement flexibility;
a shared understanding of what flexibility means at IAG;
leave arrangements that help employees address both unexpected and ongoing personal and family needs, including
personal leave, family sick leave, community leave, primary and secondary carer’s parental leave, and childcare leave; and
options including career breaks, working from home, compressed working weeks, job sharing and flexi time, and a
commitment to making these available at all levels of the organisation, including management.
developing an approach to evaluate the board’s skills and knowledge against the Group’s strategic direction. The board has a
process that considers the diversity, skills, background and experience of current directors and seeks to complement this with
new appointments. Insurance, finance, legal, strategy, technology and consumer marketing skills are particularly relevant.
The IAG Diversity Working Group includes the CEO, chairman of the IAG Board and senior representatives from each of the key
businesses. The NRSC actively monitors progress of the IAG Diversity Working Group.
Diversity targets
IAG has publicly committed to a target of improving the number of women in senior management positions to 33% by 2015. IAG is
also considering measurable objectives for non-gender diversity factors.
A summary of women in the workforce is provided below:
DIVERSITY OBJECTIVES
Women in workforce
Board positions
Executive positions
Senior management positions
ACTUAL
30 June 2012
%59
%25
%25
%29
ACTUAL
30 June 2011
%58
%25
%25
%28
3.3 WHISTLEBLOWING
Employees are encouraged to raise any material matters of concern through IAG’s management structure as part of IAG’s objective of
building a culture where people perform their duties in an ethical and appropriate manner. Open access is provided to the CEO and
the chairs of the IAG Board and its standing board committees. IAG has established mechanisms for rapid escalation of important
matters to relevant executives and/or board members.
IAG is proactive about preventing, detecting and investigating all instances of suspected serious inappropriate behaviour. ActionLine,
an independent whistleblowers’ hotline, is a mechanism designed to capture the most serious incidents of inappropriate behaviour
within the organisation and to encourage employees to raise other material matters of concern that they believe have not been
appropriately addressed through IAG’s management structure. This can be done anonymously through the external provider via web
application, telephone, email and facsimile.
6 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
3.4 SECURITY TRADING POLICY
The Security Trading Policy sets the framework for employee dealings in IAG securities, and aims to prevent employees from
inadvertently breaching insider trading laws. The protocol specifies that directors, group executives and other employees (collectively,
designated persons) may only trade in IAG securities in the four week trading window beginning two trading days after IAG’s half year
and full year results announcements and the annual general meeting or any other period approved by the board, subject to these
persons not being in possession of inside information as defined by the law.
In addition, IAG directors, group executives and certain designated executives may only trade in IAG securities in these periods after
they have received prior consent from the NRSC and complied with any conditions on trading in IAG securities that the NRSC imposes,
subject again to not being in possession of inside information as defined by the law.
Designated persons are also prohibited from trading in IAG securities during ‘blackout periods’ (the periods between 1 January and
one day following the announcement of the half year results and 1 July and one day following the announcement of the full year
results) except in exceptional circumstances and with the prior consent of the NRSC.
Each of the IAG directors is required to notify the Company of the existence of any margin loans or similar financial products to which
they or their associates are a party in relation to any IAG securities where the percentage of each class of IAG securities held in
aggregate by IAG directors reaches 1%.
Designated persons including IAG directors and group executives may not enter into transactions or arrangements that operate to limit
the economic risk of unvested entitlements (such as Executive Performance Rights and Deferred Award Rights) to IAG securities. IAG
directors and group executives are also prohibited from entering into transactions or arrangements which operate to limit the
economic risk of their vested security holdings which form part of their mandatory holdings of IAG securities. Further details in relation
to IAG directors’ and group executives’ mandatory holdings can be found at pages 29 to 36 in the remuneration report.
As required under Listing Rule 12.9, this Security Trading Policy has been lodged with the ASX. Find out more about IAG’s Security
Trading Policy on the IAG website at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
3.5 RESPONDING TO STAKEHOLDERS
IAG recognises that its business has an impact on the community, the environment and the wider economy and believes it must
operate in a way that responds to these impacts effectively to meet its commitments to shareholders, customers, employees and other
stakeholders.
IAG is committed to ensuring it has appropriate policies and agreed practices to guide its actions, including employee practices,
conduct in the marketplace, environmental care, governance and ethical conduct, occupational health and safety, human rights and
community involvement.
IAG reports annually on its social, economic and environmental performance against a series of indicators. The quantitative results of
IAG's business sustainability performance are incorporated into the Company’s annual review. The results of IAG's business
sustainability performance are summarised in the Company's annual review, and full disclosure is shown in the 2012 Sustainability
Report. This approach to the reporting of IAG's business sustainability performance demonstrates the ongoing commitment to
ensuring business sustainability issues are considered as part of IAG’s overall performance.
Ongoing stakeholder dialogue is a key element that drives IAG’s business sustainability based initiatives and it is embedded not only
within IAG's corporate strategy but also in its governance frameworks. IAG continues to undertake extensive stakeholder dialogue on
key issues and activities in the business. IAG conducts research of stakeholder perceptions of IAG’s business sustainability work and
regularly tests the extent to which stakeholders believe that IAG is successfully addressing relevant social and environmental issues.
Sustainable outcomes and behaviours continue to be encouraged through several customer offerings. IAG’s major operating brands of
NRMA Insurance, SGIO and SGIC offer lower motor insurance premiums for highly fuel-efficient vehicles. Also, the CGU brand offers
insurance policyholders assistance to ensure that they are insured sufficiently through their Right Cover service.
IAG will continue to investigate and implement practical customer offerings that make business sense and have concurrent social and
environmental benefits.
PRINCIPLE 4. SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN FINANCIAL REPORTING
4.1 AUDIT, RISK MANAGEMENT & COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE (ARMCC)
The four non-executive directors who are members of the ARMCC are currently Philip Twyman (Chair), Yasmin Allen, Peter Bush and
Hugh Fletcher. All members of this committee have financial management experience as shown in their biographies on pages
13 to 14 of this report.
The main role of this committee is to assist the board in discharging its responsibilities in relation to ensuring:
the integrity of IAG and subsidiary external and internal financial reporting, including compliance with applicable laws, regulations,
and other requirements in relation to external financial reporting;
that directors and management are provided with high quality financial and non financial information that can be relied on by
them to make informed judgements;
that appropriate and effective systems of internal, accounting and financial controls are in place and maintained to safeguard
IAG’s financial and physical resources;
that sound risk management and compliance frameworks are in place to identify, assess and manage risks within IAG’s risk
appetite determined by the board; and
that the independence of the external auditor, the internal auditor, and the Group Actuary is safeguarded.
7
The ARMCC charter, which provides details of the committee’s responsibilities, is available at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
A framework is used by the ARMCC to assess total fees paid to the external auditor and which, among other things, sets out guiding
principles for dealing with the external auditor firm for non audit services and the rotation of the external auditor.
The ARMCC is also empowered as the Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee of IAG's subsidiaries that are authorised
general insurers in Australia, except for Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited, which has a separate Audit, Risk
Management & Compliance Committee. In addition, the ARMCC acts as the audit committee for IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited, a
company with securities listed on the ASX.
PRINCIPLE 5. MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE
IAG’s Continuous Disclosure Policy reinforces its commitment to continuous disclosure, as well as the responsibility of all employees
regarding inside information.
The Continuous Disclosure Policy includes a protocol outlining how information is released to the public and provides examples of what
could constitute inside information. The IAG Continuous Disclosure Policy is available online at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
Directors and management are encouraged to assist in the process of the board identifying, evaluating and reporting on matters to
comply with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules in relation to continuous disclosure so as to keep
markets fully informed.
IAG is committed to timely factual and balanced disclosure ensuring investors are informed of significant developments for IAG. Care
is taken to ensure the announcements do not omit material information and are expressed in a clear and objective manner that allows
investors to assess the impact of the information when making investment decisions.
All announcements are subject to a minimum of two sign off reviews at very senior levels within IAG before release to the ASX. The
CEO or CFO jointly with the chairman or any other director must jointly approve announcements of particular significance where time
does not permit a full board to be convened.
All IAG announcements to the ASX since 2000 are available on IAG's website, www.iag.com.au.
Policies have been established and designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rules disclosure requirements and to ensure
accountability at a senior executive level for that compliance. In accordance with its Continuous Disclosure Policy, IAG is committed to
ensuring all investors have access to information on IAG’s financial performance. IAG posts on its website all investor and media
material released to the ASX, including:
annual and interim reports;
investor and media releases and presentations of half year and full year results;
investor and media releases and presentations to the annual general meeting;
notices of general meetings and explanatory material;
webcast of CEO and CFO presentations at half year and full year results announcements;
the chairman’s and CEO’s addresses to the annual general meeting;
investor and media releases and presentations regarding divestments and acquisitions;
investor and media presentations given at investor strategy sessions and other one off events; and
all other information released to the market.
PRINCIPLE 6. RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
IAG maintains a Shareholder Centre page on its website at www.iag.com.au/shareholder/ which provides shareholders with access to
their holdings of IAG securities. This web page is actively promoted to shareholders.
Over 164,000 ordinary shareholders, representing approximately 20.7% of total shareholders at 2 August 2012, have registered their
email address, an increase of approximately 3% in the last 12 months following targeted approaches to shareholders. Shareholders
who use this service will be advised when communications including the annual and interim reports, annual reviews, dividend advices
and holding balance statements are available to be accessed via the internet.
IAG also has an email system to alert investors, beneficial owners, and other interested parties who may not be shareholders to
receive important media releases, financial announcements, presentations and annual reports as they are released to the market
through the ASX.
Media coverage of key events is also sought as a means of delivering information to shareholders, investors and the market. Formal
communication with shareholders and investors is also conducted via the annual and interim reports, annual review and at the annual
general meeting which is also webcast for viewing by interested parties including shareholders.
IAG is mindful of the need to adopt best practices in the drafting of notices for general meetings and other communications with
shareholders to ensure that they are honest, accurate, informative and not misleading. All annual general meeting material can be
found on IAG's website www.iag.com.au/shareholder/agm/.
8 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
Online proxy and direct voting are available to IAG shareholders and authorised intermediaries such as custodians and help to
facilitate lodgement by shareholders of their votes on resolutions put to general meetings of shareholders.
Shareholders are encouraged to attend general meetings and ask questions of the chairman and the board. For shareholders who are
unable to attend the general meeting, a question form is included with their notice of meeting. Their questions are collated and during
the course of the general meeting the chairman or CEO will respond where possible to the issues raised.
The external auditor attends annual general meetings and is available to answer shareholders’ questions concerning the conduct of
the audit, the preparation and content of the auditor’s report, the accounting policies adopted and audit independence.
Shareholders and investors may raise any issues or concerns at any time by contacting the company by email. Questions or comments
should be addressed to investor.relations@iag.com.au. Alternatively shareholders and investors can write to the chairman or company
secretary at Insurance Australia Group Limited, Level 26, 388 George Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia.
PRINCIPLE 7. RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK
Managing risk is central to the sustainability of IAG's business and delivery of value to shareholders. Risk is part of business and IAG’s
risk management framework is based on the interaction of the governance structure, internal policies, key management processes
and culture.
7.1 OVERSIGHT STRUCTURE
The key underlying principles that influence IAG’s approach to managing risk are documented in the Risk Management Strategy (RMS)
and include:
accepting risk management is not trying to avoid all risks, rather risks need to be identified, understood and assessed against the
levels of risk IAG is willing to take and those risks are appropriately managed and monitored;
to consider the reasonable expectations of all external stakeholders including customers, shareholders, the community and
regulators in considering factors which bear upon IAG’s continued good standing;
to take into account IAG’s legal and statutory obligations; and
a proactive risk management culture at all staff levels within IAG, providing the foundation for appropriate and sustainable risk
management as shown below.
9
The risk categories identified by the RMS process are as follows.
RISK CATEGORIES
Corporate and strategic risk
Insurance risk
Reinsurance risk
Liquidity risk
Market risk
Credit risk
Operational risk
NATURE OF RISK
This is defined as the risk of not achieving corporate or strategic goals due to:
1.
Poor business decisions regarding future business plans and strategies (including expanding
through mergers and acquisitions, enhancing infrastructure, etc), and/or
Changes in the business environment or lack of responsiveness to changes in the business
environment.
2.
The first part of this definition can include:
mergers/acquisitions/divestments/alliances (referred to as ‘M&A activity’)
strategic initiatives that require significant business and/or information technology change
not enough capital to fund strategy
corporate transactions such as share buybacks, capital raisings, etc
divisional strategic misalignment
The second part of this definition can include:
competitor activities
customer or industry trends
lack of innovation
sovereign risk
group contagion risk
This is the risk that the Group is exposed to financial loss, which may impact the Group’s ability to
meet its liabilities as a result of:
inadequate or inappropriate underwriting
inadequate or inappropriate product pricing
unforseen, unknown or unintended liabilities that may eventuate
inadequate or inappropriate claims management including claims reserving
insurance fraud - excluding those that involve a distributor / intermediary or a staff member,
which are classed as operational risk
concentration risk (i.e. by locality, segment factor, or distribution)
This is the risk of:
insufficient or inappropriate reinsurance coverage arising as a result of:
inadequate or incomplete coverage
incorrect use or failure of models used to calculate amount of cover required
the cover provided by the reinsurance programme(s) does not align with original
underwriting exposures
latent/ emerging exposures
inadequate underwriting and price of reinsurance exposures retained by IAG’ reinsurance
captives
inadequate or inappropriate reinsurance recovery management
reinsurance arrangements not legally binding
concentration risk
This is the risk that the Group will not have available sufficient cash resources to meet its financial
obligations as and when they fall due, without affecting either the daily operations or the financial
condition of the Group.
Is defined as the risk of uncertain asset value of policyholders’ and/or shareholders’ funds due to:
adverse movements in market prices (equities, derivatives, interest rates, foreign exchange)
unknown consequences of concentration within the investment funds
This is the risk of a counterparty failing to meet its obligations in accordance with the agreed terms
and therefore the collectability of the asset or receivable will be impaired.
This risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, and/or
from external events.
The RMS is reviewed annually or as required to ensure it is materially correct by the ARMCC before being recommended for adoption
by the IAG Board. Roles and responsibilities of the IAG Board and its standing committees the ARMCC and NRSC are set out elsewhere
in this report.
10 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
7.2 IMPLEMENTATION AND REPORTING
The Executive Committee (EXCo) fulfils an advisory role to IAG's CEO and provides the operational oversight of IAG’s risks, risk
management framework and internal control system. EXCo comprises the CEO, Michael Wilkins (chair), and his group executive team.
All group executives are responsible for:
overseeing implementation of board-approved policies;
overseeing the ongoing implementation of, and compliance with, IAG's Reinsurance Management Statement (REMS), internal
control system and monitoring IAG’s risks;
authorising capital allocation to major projects within financial delegation limits approved by the CEO/board;
conducting periodic financial performance reviews of the business divisions;
reviewing the performance in the areas of health, safety, environment and community;
reviewing the effectiveness of governance practices established at the business division level;
reviewing human resource performance and reward strategies; and
promoting and reinforcing IAG’s risk management culture.
In addition to these, the corporate office group executives are also responsible for:
reviewing corporate strategies and the performance of IAG and its business divisions compared to budgets and corporate plans;
formulating recommendations to the board concerning issues related to capital management and risk management, including
credit risk and asset allocation;
conducting periodic financial performance reviews of IAG’s businesses; and
reviewing the effectiveness of governance practices established at the IAG level.
IAG’s risk management and internal audit functions provide regular reports to the ARMCC on the operation of IAG’s risk management
framework, the status of key risks, details of significant audit findings, risk and compliance incidents, and risk framework changes.
Risk reporting
Reporting on risk management initiatives and issues is provided to:
the group executives;
the ARMCC; and
regulators and industry groups, where relevant and appropriate.
The ARMCC also receives reports on the enterprise risk profile. In addition, business division group executives are required to attend
and report to the ARMCC on the effectiveness of the risk management frameworks embedded in their respective business divisions.
Independent reviews
Internal Audit conducts independent reviews of the business divisions' key risk areas, processes and projects. The head of this
function reports to the Chief Strategy Officer and the ARMCC.
An independent party is also used to review and assess the adequacy and effectiveness of the IAG Risk Management Framework.
7.3 ASSURANCES
The board has received assurance from the CEO and CFO that the declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the
Corporations Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk management and internal control and that the system is operating
effectively in all material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.
PRINCIPLE 8. REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY
8.1 NOMINATION, REMUNERATION & SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE (NRSC)
The four members of the NRSC are currently Yasmin Allen (Chair), Brian Schwartz, Phillip Colebatch and Anna Hynes.
The purpose of this committee is to:
provide advice and support to the board in fulfilling its responsibilities to shareholders to ensure that the board is comprised of
persons who have the necessary range of skills, expertise and experience to enable it to discharge its responsibilities effectively;
provide advice and support to the board in the performance, composition and size of the board;
oversee composition of IAG's key subsidiary and associated company boards;
provide assurance to the board relating to the effectiveness, integrity and compliance with IAG’s remuneration policies and
practices;
assess the effectiveness of IAG’s group remuneration policy and compliance with regulatory requirements on remuneration; and
monitor the development, implementation and reporting of IAG’s business sustainability strategy.
Find out more about the NRSC charter, which lists the committee’s responsibilities, at www.iag.com.au/about/governance. The NRSC
is also empowered as the remuneration committee of IAG’s subsidiaries that are authorised general insurers in Australia, except for
Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited, which has a separate remuneration committee.
8.2 IAG GROUP REMUNERATION POLICY
Details of IAG’s remuneration policies for its non-executive directors and senior executives, the relationship of these policies to IAG’s
performance are disclosed in the remuneration report on pages 19 to 35. The remuneration report highlights the balance between
fixed pay, short term incentive, long term incentive, and a minimum shareholding requirement for senior executives of IAG.
11
DIRECTORS' REPORT
The directors present their report together with the financial report of Insurance Australia Group Limited and the consolidated financial
report of Insurance Australia Group Limited and its subsidiaries for the financial year ended 30 June 2012 and the auditor's report
thereon.
The following terminology is used throughout the financial report:
IAG, Parent or Company - Insurance Australia Group Limited; and
Group or Consolidated - the Consolidated entity consists of Insurance Australia Group Limited and its subsidiaries.
DIRECTORS OF INSURANCE AUSTRALIA GROUP LIMITED
The names and details of the Company's directors in office at any time during or since the end of the financial year are as follows.
Directors were in office for the entire period unless otherwise stated.
CHAIRMAN
BRIAN (BM) SCHWARTZ AM
FCA, FAICD, age 59 - Chairman and Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Brian Schwartz was appointed a director of IAG in January 2005 and became chairman in August 2010. He is a member and former
chairman of the IAG Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee and is also chairman of Insurance Manufacturers of
Australia Pty Limited, a general insurance underwriting joint venture with RACV Ltd.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Brian is a non-executive director of Brambles Limited, the deputy chairman of Westfield Group Limited and the deputy chairman of the
board of Football Federation Australia Limited.
Brian was the chief executive of Investec Bank (Australia) Ltd from 2005 to 2009. Previously, he was with Ernst & Young Australia
from 1979 to 2004 becoming its chief executive in 1998. He was a member of Ernst & Young's global board and managing partner of
the Oceania area responsible for the firm's operations in Australia, New Zealand, Indonesia, the Philippines, Vietnam and Fiji.
Brian was appointed a Member of the Order of Australia in 2004 for his services to business and the community. He was previously a
member of the Federal Government's Australian Multicultural Advisory Council and in 2001 he was named Leading CEO for the
Advancement of Women by the Equal Opportunity for Women in the Workplace Agency.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Brambles Limited since 13 March 2009;
Westfield Group, including Westfield Management Limited (which acts as the responsible entity of Carindale Property Trust), since
6 May 2009; and
IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited (a part of the Group), since 26 August 2010.
MANAGING DIRECTOR
MICHAEL (MJ) WILKINS
BCom, MBA, DLI, FCA, FAICD, age 55 - Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Michael Wilkins was appointed as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer in May 2008 after holding the position of chief
operating officer and director of IAG since November 2007.
Michael has more than 25 years experience in the insurance and financial services sector and he is a member of the Australian
Government's Financial Sector Advisory Council.
Michael was formerly the managing director of Promina Group Limited (from 1999 to 2007), and managing director of Tyndall Australia
Limited (from 1994 to 1999). He is a former director and president of the Insurance Council of Australia and a former director of the
Investment and Financial Services Association (now the Financial Services Council).
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Michael is currently a non-executive director of Maple-Brown Abbott Limited and a former non-executive director of Alinta Limited.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited (a part of the Group), since 28 May 2008.
12 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
OTHER DIRECTORS
YASMIN (YA) ALLEN
BCom, FAICD, age 48 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Yasmin Allen was appointed as a director of IAG in November 2004. She is chairman of the IAG Nomination, Remuneration &
Sustainability Committee and a member (and former chairman) of the IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee. Yasmin
served six years on the board of Export Finance and Insurance Corporation.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Yasmin has extensive experience in investment banking as an equities analyst and in senior management. She is currently a director
of Cochlear Limited and chairman of its Audit Committee, chairman of Macquarie Specialised Asset Management, a National Director
of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a member of the Salvation Army advisory board. Previous non-executive director
roles include Export Finance and Insurance Corporation and Film Australia.
Yasmin was formerly a vice president at Deutsche Bank AG, a director at ANZ Investment Bank in Australia and an associate director at
James Capel UK Ltd (HSBC Group).
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Cochlear Limited since 2 August 2010.
PETER (PH) BUSH
BA, FAMI, age 60 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Peter Bush was appointed as a director of IAG in December 2010. He is a member of the IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance
Committee.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Peter has extensive experience in marketing, brands and consumer behaviour gained through a career spanning more than 30 years
in the fast moving consumer goods and retail industries. He was McDonald’s Australia Limited’s managing director & CEO and
President for the Pacific, Middle East and Africa (2005-2010) and chief operating officer (2002-2005).
In several of Peter's roles he was responsible for Asian operations and he has direct experience in developing business in Indonesia,
Japan and China. He previously held senior roles with Arnott’s Biscuits Limited, Pioneer International Limited (Ampol/Caltex), Samuel
Taylor (Reckitt & Coleman plc) and Johnson & Johnson Australia, and was chief executive officer of AGB McNair and Schwarzkopf
Australia & New Zealand.
Peter is chairman of Pacific Brands Limited and Nine Entertainment Holdings Pty Ltd, and previously served on the boards of
McDonald’s Australia Limited, Lion Nathan Limited, Miranda Wines Pty Limited (now McGuigan Wines) and Frucor Beverages Group
Limited (now Danone).
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Pacific Brands Limited since 3 August 2010.
PHILLIP (PM) COLEBATCH
BE (Hons), BSc, DBA, SM, age 67 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Phillip Colebatch was appointed as a director of IAG in January 2007. He is a member of the IAG Nomination, Remuneration &
Sustainability Committee.
Phillip has served on the group executive boards of Swiss Re and Credit Suisse Group.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Prior to joining Swiss Re as division head, capital management and advisory, Phillip spent 17 years with the Credit Suisse Group
where, in addition to his executive board position, he served as chief financial officer of Credit Suisse Group and then chief executive
officer of Credit Suisse Asset Management. He has also served as head of European banking activities for Credit Suisse First Boston.
Phillip began his career with Citicorp in New York and has held a number of senior investment banking roles at Citicorp in Asia and the
UK, including seven years with a Citibank subsidiary in Hong Kong with responsibility for investment banking across the Asia Pacific
region.
Phillip is a non-executive director of Lend Lease Corporation Limited and Man Group plc. He is also a member of the Boards of
Trustees of the LGT Group Foundation and the Prince of Liechtenstein Foundation.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Lend Lease Corporation Limited since 1 December 2005; and
Man Group plc since 1 September 2007.
13
HUGH (HA) FLETCHER
BSc/BCom, MCom (Hons), MBA, age 64 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Hugh Fletcher was appointed as a director of IAG in September 2007 and as a director of IAG New Zealand Limited in July 2003. He is
a member of the IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee.
Hugh was formerly chairman (and independent director since December 1998) of New Zealand Insurance Limited and CGNU Australia.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Hugh is also non-executive director of Fletcher Building Limited, Rubicon Limited and Vector Limited and a trustee of The University of
Auckland Foundation.
Hugh was formerly chief executive officer of Fletcher Challenge Limited – a New Zealand headquartered corporation with assets in the
global building, energy, forestry and paper industries. He retired from an executive position in December 1997 after 28 years as an
executive, 11 of which he served as chief executive.
Hugh is a former Deputy Chairman of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand and is a former member of the Asia Pacific Advisory
Committee of the New York Stock Exchange and has been involved as an executive and non-executive director in many countries in
Asia, including China, India, Singapore, Indonesia, Malaysia and Thailand.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Fletcher Building Limited since 31 January 2001;
Rubicon Limited since 23 March 2001;
Vector Limited since 25 May 2007; and
IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited (a part of the Group), since 31 August 2008.
ANNA (A) HYNES
BSc (Hons), MBA, age 53 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Anna Hynes was appointed as a director of IAG in September 2007. She is a member of the IAG Nomination, Remuneration &
Sustainability Committee and was formerly a member of the IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee. Anna was
formerly a non-executive director of Promina Group Limited.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Anna has over 20 years experience in general management and marketing roles in financial services and consumer products
companies. She has worked in the UK, Asia and the USA, as well as Australia and New Zealand.
Anna spent most of her executive career at American Express where she held a number of senior positions, most recently country
head, New Zealand. Other roles at American Express included two years as Vice President - Indonesia, Malaysia and Pakistan, where
she managed these three emerging markets and developed strategies to improve performance and growth in each market.
Anna was also an adjunct professor and member of the Executive Council at the University of Technology Business School, Sydney.
Anna was formerly a non-executive director of Country Road Limited.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
None.
PHILIP (PJ) TWYMAN
BSc, MBA, FAICD, age 68 - Independent non-executive director
INSURANCE INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Philip Twyman was appointed as a director of IAG in July 2008. He is chairman of the IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance
Committee.
Philip was formerly group executive director of Aviva plc, one of the world’s largest insurance groups, based in London. He has also
been chairman of Morley Fund Management and chief financial officer of General Accident plc, Aviva plc and AMP Group.
While at Aviva plc and its predecessor groups between 1996 and 2004, Philip had executive responsibility for the Group's insurance
operations in Asia, Australia, Europe and North America. Over the last 20 years he has also been responsible for starting and nurturing
new insurance businesses in China, Indonesia and Hong Kong. Overall, Philip has had over 20 years of both board and executive level
general insurance experience.
Philip is on the advisory board of Swiss Re (Australia). He was formerly an independent non-executive director of Insurance
Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited, a general insurance underwriting joint venture with RACV Ltd between April 2007 and July
2008.
OTHER BUSINESS AND MARKET EXPERIENCE
Philip is also on the board of Perpetual Limited, Medibank Private Limited and Tokio Marine Management (Australasia) Pty Ltd.
Directorships of other listed companies held in past three years:
Perpetual Limited since November 2004.
14 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
SECRETARY OF INSURANCE AUSTRALIA GROUP LIMITED
CHRIS (CJ) BERTUCH
BEc, LLB, LLM
Chris Bertuch was appointed company secretary on 11 May 2011. Prior to joining IAG, he held the position of Group General Counsel
& Company Secretary at CSR Limited. Chris joined CSR as a corporate lawyer in 1993 and prior to that was a partner in the law firm
Gadens Lawyers in Sydney. He brings to IAG more than 25 years experience in corporate, commercial and trade practices law and
dispute resolution. Chris has also completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.
MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
The number of meetings each director was eligible to attend and actually attended during the financial year is summarised as follows.
DIRECTOR
Total number of meetings held
BM Schwartz
YA Allen
PH Bush
PM Colebatch
HA Fletcher
A Hynes
PJ Twyman
MJ Wilkins
IAG NOMINATION,
REMUNERATION &
SUSTAINABILITY
COMMITTEE
IAG AUDIT, RISK
MANAGEMENT &
COMPLIANCE
COMMITTEE IAG SUB COMMITTEE
4
5
2
BOARD OF
DIRECTORS
8
Eligible
to attend
as a
member
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Attended
as a
member
8
8
6
6
8
8
8
8
Eligible
to attend
as a
member
4
4
-
4
-
4
-
-
Attended
as a
member
4
4
-
2
-
4
-
-
Eligible
to attend
as a
member
-
5
5
-
5
-
5
-
Attended
as a
member
-
5
5
-
5
-
5
-
Eligible
to attend
as a
member
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
Attended
as a
member
2
-
-
-
1
-
-
2
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal continuing activities of the Group are the underwriting of general insurance and related corporate services and investing
activities.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING RESULT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR
The Group's profit after tax for the financial year was $265 million (2011-$338 million). After adjusting for non-controlling interests in
the Group result, net profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company was $207 million (2011-$250 million). The profit after
tax included a $297 million impairment charge in respect of intangible assets and goodwill related to the United Kingdom business.
This reflects the continuation of challenging economic and industry conditions in this market.
For the financial year to 30 June 2012, the Group has announced:
gross written premium (GWP) growth of 11.7%, to nearly $9.0 billion; and
an insurance margin of 10.6%.
The GWP growth reflected strong growth in Australia and New Zealand, sourced from rate increases as well as volume growth and
acquisitions, including AMI Insurance Limited (AMI) in New Zealand which was completed in April 2012.
The improved insurance result reflected the strength of the underlying business performance and was achieved despite:
significantly higher reinsurance costs;
natural peril claim costs above allowances; and
unfavourable investment market trends, including an adverse impact from credit spreads.
A. AUSTRALIA DIRECT
The Group’s largest business reported GWP growth of 10.5%, reflecting the combination of rate increases, to recover increased
reinsurance costs and natural peril allowances coupled with volume growth.
Australia Direct produced a strong headline margin of 14.3% (2011-19.5%). The lower reported margin reflects a materially
higher net natural peril claims experience, higher reinsurance costs, lower reserve releases and an adverse credit spread impact.
B. AUSTRALIA INTERMEDIATED (CGU)
Reported GWP increased by 12.0% to $2,759 million. This was driven by a blend of acquired business, notably the general
insurance business of HBF and rate increases.
The reported insurance margin of 10.8% (2011-6.5%) has benefited from considerably better net natural peril claims experience,
partially offset by lower reserve releases and an adverse credit spread impact.
15
E. ASIA
C. NEW ZEALAND
New Zealand reported strong GWP growth of over 26%, driven by significant rate increases to recover substantially higher
reinsurance costs. GWP also includes an initial three-month contribution from AMI, acquired in April 2012.
New Zealand produced an insurance margin of 10.4% (2011-0.4%). This is a material improvement over the earthquake-
impacted result for the prior year, and includes the continued earn through of rate increases and a strong underlying claims
performance.
D. UNITED KINGDOM
Reported GWP for the financial year declined by 9% in Australian dollar terms (4% in local currency) as remedial actions led to
volume loss, partially offset by rate increases.
The division reported a reduced insurance loss of $13 million (2011- $181 million insurance loss). The significant improvement
reflects benefits from the extensive program of remedial actions. A strategic review of the business has been announced, with an
outcome expected before 31 December 2012.
The Asia division reported an overall loss of $62 million predominantly owing to Thailand's worst flooding in many decades. The
underlying performance of established businesses in Thailand and Malaysia was strong.
The Group made considerable progress in expanding its Asian footprint in the 2012 financial year, and is on track to reach its goal
of Asia representing 10% of Group GWP by 2016, on a proportional basis.
REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
A. FINANCIAL POSITION
The total assets of the Group as at 30 June 2012 were $25,132 million compared to $23,029 million at 30 June 2011. The increase
was mainly attributable to an:
increase in cash and investments of $1,520 million due to capital gains, proceeds from the New Zealand subordinated bond
issue and positive cash flows in Australia; and
increase in premium related assets due to growth in gross written premiums. These included an increase in premium receivables
of $421 million.
The total liabilities of the Group as at 30 June 2012 were $20,608 million compared to $18,449 million at 30 June 2011. The
increase was mainly attributable to an:
increase in gross outstanding claims of $820 million primarily attributable to lower discount rates;
increased premium related liabilities due to growth in gross written premiums. These include a $587 million increase in unearned
premium and a $120 million increase in related trade payables; and
increase in interest bearing liabilities of $282 million mainly following the New Zealand subordinated bond issue.
The decrease in IAG's equity from $4,580 million at 30 June 2011 to $4,524 million at 30 June 2012 largely reflects:
net comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of $170 million (after the $297 million United Kingdom writedown); and
offset by
2011 final dividend and 2012 interim dividend payments totalling $250 million.
B. CASH FROM OPERATIONS
The net cash inflow from operating activities for the financial year ended 30 June 2012 was $1,514 million compared to $620 million
for the prior period. The increase is mainly attributable to an:
increase in gross written premium receipts of $672 million in the Australian and New Zealand businesses;
increase in reinsurance and other recoveries of $632 million; and offset by
increase in claims payments of $533 million.
C. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group’s capital position, as reflected in the minimum capital requirement (MCR) multiple, was 1.74 times as at 30 June 2012.
Details of capital management are set out in note 35.
Further information on the Group’s result and review of operations can be found in the 30 June 2012 Investor Report. This is available
in the results and reports area of IAG's website, www.iag.com.au.
LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS
Insurance and investment operations are, by their nature, volatile due to the exposure to natural perils and industry cycles and thus
profit predictions are difficult. Nonetheless, the Group is confident of delivering further improvement in operating performance in
2013. Its guidance for the year ending 30 June 2013 is:
GWP growth of 9%-11%; and
an insurance margin in the range of 11%-13%.
This assumes:
net losses from natural perils in line with budgeted allowances of $640 million;
net prior period reserve releases equivalent to 1-2% of net earned premium; and
no material change in foreign exchange rates or investment markets.
DIVIDENDS
Details of dividends paid or determined to be paid by the Company are set out in note 10.
16 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN STATE OF AFFAIRS
The Group has recently announced:
A proposal by the Group's 49% owned Malaysian associate, AmG Insurance Berhad (AmG), to acquire Kurnia Insurans (Malaysia)
Berhad. The transaction is expected to complete in the first half of financial year 2013.
A strategic review of the UK business. The Group anticipates announcing an outcome before the end of the first half of financial
year 2013.
EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO REPORTING DATE
Detail of matters subsequent to the end of the financial year is set out in note 39. This includes:
the IAG Board determined to pay a final dividend.
OFFICERS WHO WERE PREVIOUSLY PARTNERS OF THE AUDITORS
The following person is currently an officer of the Group and was a partner of KPMG, the Company’s auditor, at a time when KPMG was
the auditor of the Company:
NB Hawkins who has been Chief Financial Officer of the Group since 29 August 2008 (left KPMG in October 2001).
NON AUDIT SERVICES
During the financial year, KPMG has performed certain other services for the IAG Group in addition to its statutory duties.
The directors have considered the non audit services provided during the financial year by KPMG and, in accordance with written
advice provided by resolution of the Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee (ARMCC), are satisfied that the provision of
those non audit services by the Group’s auditor is compatible with, and did not compromise, the auditor independence requirements of
the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
all non audit assignments were approved in accordance with the process set out in the IAG framework for engaging auditors for
non audit services; and
the non audit services provided do not undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia, as they did
not involve reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision making capacity for the Company,
acting as an advocate for the Company or jointly sharing risks and rewards.
The level of fees for total non audit services amount to approximately $1.3 million of total audit fees (refer to note 37 to the financial
statements for further details on costs incurred on individual non audit assignments).
LEAD AUDITOR'S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT
2001
The lead auditor's independence declaration is set out on page 37 and forms part of the directors' report for the year ended 30 June
2012.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Company’s constitution contains an indemnity in favour of every person who is or has been:
a director of the Company; or
a secretary of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company; or
a person making or participating in making decisions that affect the whole or a substantial part of the business or Company or of
a subsidiary of the Company; or
a person having the capacity to affect significantly the financial standing of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company.
The indemnity applies to liabilities incurred by the person in the relevant capacity (except a liability for legal costs). That indemnity also
applies to legal costs incurred in defending or resisting certain legal proceedings. The indemnity does not apply where the Company is
forbidden by statute or, if given, would be made void by statute.
In addition, the Company has granted deeds of indemnity to certain current and former directors and secretaries and members of
senior management of the Company and its subsidiaries and associated companies. Under these deeds, the Company:
indemnifies, to the maximum extent permitted by law, the former or current directors or secretaries or members of senior
management against liabilities incurred by the person in the relevant capacity. The indemnity does not apply where the liability is
owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies, or (in general terms) where the liability arises out of a
lack of good faith, wilful misconduct, gross negligence, reckless misbehaviour or fraud; and
is also required to maintain and pay the premiums on a contract of insurance covering the current or former directors or members
of senior management against liabilities incurred in respect of the relevant office except as precluded by law. The insurance must
be maintained until the seventh anniversary after the date when the relevant person ceases to hold office. Disclosure of the
insurance premiums and the nature of liabilities covered by such insurance are prohibited by the relevant contract of insurance.
17
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
The Group's operations are subject to environmental regulations under either Commonwealth or State legislation. These regulations
do not have a significant impact on the Group's operations. The board of directors believes that the Group has adequate systems in
place for the management of its environmental requirements and is not aware of any breach of those environmental requirements as
they apply to the Group.
The Australian government has released its Clean Energy Future – the Australian Government’s Climate Change Plan which includes
the introduction of a carbon price mechanism. IAG will not be directly captured by this carbon price mechanism however, there may be
indirect impacts to the business through purchase of electricity and other goods procured from companies that will be directly
captured.
18 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
REMUNERATION REPORT
LETTER FROM THE NOMINATION, REMUNERATION & SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE CHAIR
IAG is pleased to present its remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2012.
The format and content of the remuneration report are reviewed each year with a view to presenting information consistently, concisely
and in a form that complies with the Corporations Act 2001. In line with stakeholder feedback, this year the Group has continued to
provide voluntary disclosure of actual remuneration received by the Group's Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (Group CEO)
and the executive team. Actual remuneration is provided in addition to the statutory reporting of remuneration to increase
transparency of what an executive actually received during the year.
IAG has delivered an improved performance for the year ended 30 June 2012 meeting both gross written premium (GWP) growth and
insurance margin guidance. In line with this performance, the short term incentives (STI) awarded to the Group CEO and the executive
team are, on average, higher than last year. Each executive’s STI outcome is closely linked to the financial performance of the Group,
as well as to the execution of his or her division’s strategic goals. More details on STI outcomes for the year ended 30 June 2012 are
provided on page 24.
In addition the Group CEO and the executive team were rewarded under IAG’s long term incentive (LTI). IAG’s performance against its
peer group, all entities within the S&P/ASX100 Index, resulted in the total shareholders’ return (TSR) performance hurdle being met for
executive performance rights (EPR) granted in the year ended 30 June 2009. This resulted in 66% of the rights linked to the TSR
hurdle vesting. The portion of EPR granted in the same period subject to the return on equity (ROE) hurdle did not result in any vesting
as ROE did not meet the required performance level. The EPR granted under the ROE portion will lapse.
The remuneration structure for IAG’s Group CEO and the executive team has not changed over the last year and is summarised below.
REMUNERATION COMPONENT*
FIXED REMUNERATION Cash
AT RISK
REMUNERATION
Cash STI
Deferred STI
LTI
STRATEGIC PURPOSE
Base salary and superannuation
2/3 of STI outcome paid as cash in
October
1/3 of STI outcome is deferred over
a period of two years, subject to
ongoing employment conditions
Provided as grant of rights in the
form of deferred award rights (DAR)
The actual value of shares will
depend on the future share price
IAG Board has discretion to adjust
downwards to protect the financial
soundness of the Group or to ensure
an appropriate reward outcome
Provided as grant of rights in the
form of EPR
3-5 year period
Subject to performance hurdles of
relative total shareholder return and
return on equity being achieved
IAG Board has discretion to adjust
downwards to protect the financial
soundness of the Group or to ensure
an appropriate reward outcome
Attract and retain high quality
people
Align reward to shareholder
interests
Strike a balance between short
and long term results and reward
for exceptional performance
Retain high quality people
Align reward to shareholder
interests
Align remuneration with longer
term financial performance
Retain high quality people
*
A detailed glossary of terms is provided at the end of the remuneration report.
The IAG Board is confident that IAG’s remuneration policies are in line with governance requirements and continue to support the
Group’s financial and strategic goals and to attract the right people, which ultimately benefit shareholders, customers, employees and
the community. On behalf of the IAG Board, I invite you to read the full report and thank you for your continued interest.
Yasmin Allen
Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee Chair
19
GUIDE TO THE REMUNERATION REPORT
CATEGORY
UNAUDITED
A. 2012 snapshot
AUDITED
B. Executive remuneration structure and
governance
C. Executive remuneration in detail
D. Non-executive director remuneration
E. Other benefits
F. Glossary of terms
SUMMARY
I. Actual remuneration earned by executives
I. Governance
a. Role of Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee
b.
Involvement of remuneration consultants
II. Executive remuneration structure
a. Fixed remuneration
b. At risk remuneration
III. Managing risk
IV. Historical analysis of shareholder return on LTI
I. Total remuneration of executives of the Group
II. Service agreements
I. Structure and policy
II. Total remuneration details
III. Tracking of mandatory shareholding requirements
PAGE
20
22
22
22
22
23
23
29
29
30
31
32
33
34
34
35
A. 2012 SNAPSHOT
I. Actual remuneration earned by executives
The actual remuneration presented below provides the remuneration that all current executives received during the financial years
ended 30 June 2011 and 2012. This voluntary disclosure includes fixed pay, other benefits and leave accruals, cash STI paid as well
as any deferred STI or LTI that have vested in the relevant financial years. For remuneration details provided in accordance with
Accounting Standards refer to Category C in this report.
NAME
Table note
POSITION
FINANCIAL
YEAR
EXECUTIVES
MJ Wilkins
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
JP Breheny
Chief Executive Officer,
Asia
A Cornish
Chief Executive Officer,
Australia Direct
IR Foy
Chief Executive Officer,
UK
P Harmer
Chief Executive Officer,
CGU, commenced on 8
November 2010
NB Hawkins
Chief Financial Officer
JS Johnson
Chief Executive Officer,
New Zealand
LC Murphy
Chief Strategy Officer
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
2012
2011
FIXED PAY(a)
A
$000
1,992
1,915
877
845
990
936
698
666
932
591
956
910
863
808
862
801
OTHER
BENEFITS AND
LEAVE
ACCRUALS(b)
B
$000
CASH STI
C
$000
DEFERRED
STI VESTED LTI VESTED
E
$000
D
$000
TOTAL ACTUAL
REMUNERATION
RECEIVED(c)
F
$000
230
1,567
119
310
18
75
42
371
575
62
23
93
52
124
23
58
36
1,104
587
429
600
610
287
292
504
275
568
460
505
337
512
404
388
327
185
174
154
132
105
63
-
-
160
151
172
180
139
110
746
295
296
116
249
-
200
14
-
-
305
113
296
117
251
41
4,923
3,760
2,255
1,582
2,068
1,720
1,661
1,610
1,498
889
2,082
1,686
1,960
1,465
1,822
1,392
20 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
a. FOOTNOTES
(a) Fixed pay (base salary and superannuation) included an average pay increase of 4.1% effective September 2011.
(b) Changes in other benefits and leave accruals from the prior year were mainly due to:
annual and long service leave accruals increased for all executives (except for Mr Foy who is not entitled to carry forward
accrued leave based on the UK legislation); and
for those executives located overseas, other benefits in the year ended 30 June 2012 including:
Mr Breheny, relocation costs and accommodation of $252,000 relating to his relocation to Singapore;
Mr Foy, retention payments of $335,000 (£218,000) and other recurring allowances and benefits of $36,000; and
Ms Johnson, accommodation allowances and other benefits of $45,000.
(c) For those executives who ceased as a KMP during the year ended 30 June 2011, K Armstrong (former acting Chief Executive
Officer, New Zealand), N Utley (former Managing Director, UK) and DG West (former Chief Executive Officer, CGU), their total 2011
remuneration was $100,000, $1,641,000 and $806,000, respectively.
b. TABLE NOTE
Detailed definitions of the terminology used in this remuneration report are provided in Category F – Glossary of terms.
A, B Total of columns A and B in the actual remuneration table above equals to the total of columns noted (1), (3), (4) and (5) in the
C
D
E
statutory remuneration table in Category C.
Represents 2/3 of the STI for the financial year from 1 July to 30 June. It is the same as the cash STI in column (2) in the statutory
remuneration table in Category C.
Deferred STI that vested in the relevant financial year. Details are provided in the table on page 25 in Category B. The weighted
average share price used to value the deferred STI at vesting date is $3.37 (2011-$3.40). Column (6) in the statutory
remuneration table in Category C represents the accounting value for all grants.
LTI that vested in the relevant financial year. Details are provided in the table of LTI on page 28 in Category B. The weighted
average share price at vesting date is $3.01 (2011-$3.68). Column (7) in the statutory remuneration table in Category C
represents the accounting value for all grants.
The table below illustrates the potential fixed and at risk remuneration the Group CEO and the executive team (on average) can earn
under the current remuneration framework compared to what they actually received during the year. This demonstrates alignment
between at risk remuneration and the financial performance of the Group. The Group CEO and the executive team will only receive
high reward outcomes if performance hurdles are met. Calculations are based on remuneration for current executives at 30 June
2011 and 2012 who were employed for the full financial year. Actual at risk remuneration is calculated according to the actual
remuneration table above and expressed as a percentage of the total potential remuneration.
GROUP CEO REMUNERATION
EXECUTIVE TEAM REMUNERATION
Remuneration
component
Fixed pay(c)(d)
At risk pay
Total
What it contains
Potential(a)
Base salary and superannuation
STI - cash
STI - deferred
LTI
25.0
25.0
12.5
37.5
100.0
%
%
%
%
%
25.0
19.5
2012
%
%
%4.8
%9.3
%
58.6
25.0
14.3
Actual
2011
%
%
%4.2
%3.8
%
47.3
Potential(a)
29.0
23.2
11.6
36.2
100.0
%
%
%
%
%
29.0
14.4
Actual(b)
2011
%
%
%4.6
%2.3
%
50.3
29.0
16.6
2012
%
%
%4.3
%7.4
%
57.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Potential fixed and at risk remuneration is based on current remuneration at 30 June.
Executive data for 2011 excludes P Harmer who commenced on 8 November 2010.
Fixed pay includes base salary and superannuation.
Fixed pay excludes other values such as long service leave accruals, relocation and accommodation, retention payments and other recurring allowances and benefits.
The actual remuneration information provided in this snapshot section is voluntary and is not in accordance with current Accounting
Standards requirements. The actual remuneration values in the table on the previous page are based on information disclosed in the
audited sections of the remuneration report.
21
REMUNERATION REPORT - AUDITED
B. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE AND GOVERNANCE
This report meets the remuneration reporting requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related
Party Disclosures. The term remuneration used in this report has the same meaning as compensation as prescribed in AASB 124.
I. Governance
The responsibility of the IAG Board is to ensure that the remuneration framework is aligned to the short and long term interests of IAG
and its shareholders. The Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee (NRSC) makes recommendations to the IAG Board
regarding group remuneration policy including executive remuneration. The IAG Board independently considers these
recommendations before making decisions that affect the remuneration of the executives.
a. ROLE OF NOMINATION, REMUNERATION & SUSTAINABILITY COMMITTEE
The NRSC is the IAG Board committee which oversees IAG's remuneration practices and makes decisions about executive
remuneration.
The NRSC endeavours to ensure that remuneration policies balance IAG’s performance objectives and remain in step with community
and shareholder expectations. While stability in the remuneration structure is important, where modifications can be made to better
align stakeholder interests and drive performance, the NRSC actively considers these and makes recommendations to the IAG Board.
The Group CEO, corporate office executives and human resources executives regularly attend NRSC meetings and assist the
committee in its deliberations. However, none is present when their own remuneration is discussed. The business CEOs and respective
heads of human resources present to the NRSC to provide it with updates on the human resources strategy and initiatives in their
divisions. This provides an open channel of communication between the operating divisions and the NRSC.
The chair of the NRSC and the IAG Board meet regularly to provide updates on remuneration related issues and to gain approval.
A copy of the NRSC's charter is available at www.iag.com.au/about/governance.
b. INVOLVEMENT OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS
The NRSC directly engages and considers market remuneration data from leading remuneration consultants as required. The data
provided by remuneration consultants is used as a guide and all remuneration decisions for the Group CEO and the executive team are
made by the IAG Board.
II. Executive remuneration structure
IAG’s executive remuneration structure is designed to align total remuneration with company and individual performance. It recognises
that executives have a significant influence on achieving and exceeding the Group’s financial results and therefore encourages
sustained exceptional performance.
Total remuneration outcomes for target performance are positioned at the middle of the market. The appropriate market is determined
considering organisation size, industry and geographical location. A high total remuneration outcome is considered by the IAG Board in
cases of superior performance aligned with long term financial performance.
Guiding principles
IAG's remuneration practices have been designed to achieve the following objectives:
motivate employees to achieve superior and sustainable performance and discourage underperformance;
align remuneration with the interest of IAG's shareholders by actively focusing on short to long term goals;
remain market competitive to attract and retain high quality people;
be clearly communicated and valued; and
encourage constructive behaviours and prudent risk taking that support long term financial soundness.
Key initiatives in executive remuneration
In response to regulatory changes and shareholder feedback, the NRSC undertook the following initiatives during the year ended
30 June 2012:
actively monitored compliance against Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) standards covering the governance of
remuneration;
an audit review of the STI framework and outcomes was completed. The result of the review was positive and also found the
framework to be aligned to APRA’s requirements. Where areas of improvement were identified, management action has been
taken to further strengthen the framework; and
in August 2010, the NRSC approved changes to the terms of the DAR and EPR Plans to provide the NRSC with the discretion to
adjust remuneration outcomes in certain circumstances. An annual process for evaluating whether to adjust unvested DAR and
EPR has been completed. No adjustment of DAR and EPR is required for the period under review.
22 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
Remuneration components
The remuneration components for the executive team are explained below.
a. FIXED REMUNERATION
Fixed remuneration is defined as base salary (including annual leave) plus superannuation. Base salary includes amounts paid in
cash plus the portion of the company's superannuation contribution that is paid as cash instead of paying into the superannuation
funds and salary sacrifice items such as cars (including the 30% tax rebate on car expenses) and parking. Executives can determine
the mix of base salary to be paid in cash, salary sacrifice items and superannuation in line with legislative requirements.
Fixed remuneration is set towards the middle of the market of comparable roles in companies of a similar size to that of IAG, and is
reviewed each year based on independent remuneration data. For Australian based executives, market positioning is determined by
reference to a number of peer groups, including the largest 50 companies in the S&P/ASX 100 Index and companies that are of
similar size to that of IAG. Relevant local market peer groups are used for executives located overseas.
Fixed remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2012
The average performance based fixed remuneration increase for the executive team in respect of the year ended 30 June 2012 was
4.1%. In August 2012, the IAG Board approved an average 2.0% increase in fixed remuneration for the executive team effective
September 2012.
b. AT RISK REMUNERATION
Whilst the IAG Board recognises that executive remuneration is guided by regulation, market forces and benchmarks, it strongly
believes that the fundamental driver for executive remuneration should be long term financial performance that generates value for
IAG shareholders. This objective is mainly achieved through the at risk remuneration components consisting of STI and LTI, without
encouraging excessive risk taking. To ensure that executives remain focused on long term outcomes the following apply:
no more than 50% of the STI is based on financial outcomes;
1/3 of the STI is deferred over a period of two years;
the vesting of the LTI does not occur before three years; and
the IAG Board retains the discretion to adjust any unpaid or unvested performance pay (such as cash STI, deferred STI and LTI)
downwards if it decides it is prudent to do so.
This combination ensures that the at risk remuneration reflects the overall performance of the Group.
i. Short term incentive
Short term incentive (STI) refers to the at risk remuneration designed to motivate and reward for performance typically in that
financial year. The performance for the achievement of STI is measured using a balanced scorecard based on goals set against
financial and non financial measures.
Financial performance accounts for not more than 50% of the STI outcome to ensure compliance with IAG's governance standards.
The remaining 50% or more of the incentive depends on the achievement of non financial objectives to secure the long term
operation of IAG and its divisions.
For the Group CEO and the executive team, 2/3 of STI is paid as cash, with the remaining 1/3 of STI deferred in the form of DAR over
a period of two years.
The amount of STI paid to the executive team is recommended by the NRSC in consultation with the Group CEO based on their
balanced scorecard performance, and approved by the IAG Board.
The following table details the weighting of different performance measures for the total STI of the Group CEO and the executive team.
ROLE
FINANCIAL MEASURES NON FINANCIAL MEASURES
Group CEO
Business CEOs
Corporate office executives
Group financial targets
%50
%10
%40
Division or business financial
targets
%-
%40
%10
%50
%50
%50
23
The table below provides some examples of financial and non financial measures used in the balanced scorecards.
MEASURES
FINANCIAL
Group financial
Division or business financial
NON FINANCIAL
Group non financial
Division or business non financial
EXAMPLES OF TARGETS
ROE, secure position
Return on risk based capital, gross written premium
Efficiency and effectiveness of processes, creation of a high performing
organisation, alignment of customer experience with value proposition, effective
governance frameworks
Efficiency and effectiveness of processes, insurer of choice for customers, attraction
and retention of people with the right values and capabilities, effective governance
frameworks
STI OUTCOMES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
Actual STI payments made to the Group CEO and the executive team for the year ended 30 June 2012 reflect the degree of
achievement against the balanced scorecard measures. The table below provides the details for the STI for the Group CEO and the
executive team.
IAG has delivered an improved performance for the year ended 30 June 2012, delivering on both GWP growth and insurance margin
guidance. In line with improved performance, the STI awarded to the Group CEO and the executive team are, on average, higher than
last year. An individual executive’s STI outcome is linked strongly to the financial performance of the Group as well as to the execution
of his or her division’s strategic goals during the year.
In addition to reflecting the overall improvement in the Group’s performance, the STI for individual members of the executive team
reflects their success in delivering results against their divisional strategies.
MAXIMUM STI
OPPORTUNITY
(% of fixed pay)
150
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
CASH STI
OUTCOME
DEFERRED STI
OUTCOME
ACTUAL STI OUTCOME
(% of maximum)
78
83
75
51
67
74
73
74
(% of fixed pay)
117
100
90
61
80
89
88
89
(2/3 OF OUTCOME)
(% of fixed pay)
78
67
60
41
53
59
59
59
(1/3 OF OUTCOME)
(% of fixed pay)
39
33
30
20
27
30
29
30
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
CASH PORTION OF STI OUTCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
2/3 of the STI is paid as cash in October 2012. The dollar values are contained in remuneration details in Category C.
DEFERRED PORTION OF STI OUTCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
1/3 of the STI outcome is paid in the form of DAR and known as deferred STI. As DAR will not be allocated until October 2012, the
value of this portion is not included in the 2012 remuneration report. This value will be included in the disclosure for the year ending
30 June 2013.
DEFERRED STI
Deferred STI is issued in the form of rights over IAG ordinary shares held by a trustee. These rights are referred to as DAR. They are
issued to the Group CEO and the executive team during the financial year for nil consideration, to the value of their deferred STI
amount. The Group CEO and the executive team who participate in this plan become eligible to receive one IAG ordinary share per DAR
by paying the exercise price of $1 per tranche of DAR exercised, subject to continuing employment with the Group for a period as
determined by the IAG Board. When an executive ceases employment in special circumstances, such as redundancy, any unvested
rights will vest on cessation of employment, with board discretion.
Details of the DAR granted, vested and exercised during the financial year are set out below. The DAR granted during the year reflects
the deferred portion of the STI outcome for the year ended 30 June 2011. Note 29 to the financial statements sets out further details
of the DAR Plan.
24 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
GRANT DATE(a)
VALUE PER
DAR AT GRANT
DATE
DAR GRANTED
DURING THE YEAR
DAR VESTED
DURING THE
YEAR
DAR EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
TOTAL VALUE
OF DAR
GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR(b)
TOTAL VALUE OF
DAR EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR(c)
$
Number
Number
Number
$000
$000
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
162,400
63,100
89,700
43,000
40,500
67,700
49,600
59,400
575,400
114,960
54,710
45,550
31,210
-
47,400
50,920
41,290
386,040
114,960
53,950
70,004
31,210
-
47,400
50,920
41,290
409,734
467
181
258
124
116
195
143
171
1,655
364
171
222
99
-
150
161
131
1,298
2012
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy(d)
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
(a) All DAR granted on 21 October 2011 have a first exercisable date of 1 September 2012 and an expiry date of 21 October 2018.
(b) The value of DAR granted in the year is the fair value of the DAR at grant date using the Black Scholes valuation model. The total value of the DAR granted is included in
the table above. This amount is allocated to remuneration over the vesting period (i.e. in years ended 30 June 2012 to 30 June 2014).
(c) DAR that vested on 1 July 2011 or before were exercised in the financial year. The value of DAR exercised is based on the weighted average share price which was
$3.17 for the year ended 30 June 2012.
(d) In addition to 43,000 DAR granted as deferred STI shown in the table above, 44,300 DAR were granted to Mr Foy in relation to the UK retention programs. Apart from
the vesting dates, all the terms and conditions and vesting scale of DAR granted in relation to the UK retention programs are the same as those for DAR granted as
deferred STI.
ii. Long term incentive
Long term incentive (LTI) is awarded as a grant of rights over IAG ordinary shares in the form of EPR. These are exercisable for shares
between three and five years after the date of grant if performance hurdles are achieved.
The current EPR series' performance hurdles are ROE and TSR. 50% of each allocation is subject to the ROE hurdle and 50% is subject
to the TSR hurdle:
ROE is measured relative to IAG’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC). This hurdle has been chosen as it provides evidence
of company growth in profitability and is linked to shareholder return. For share rights granted in the year ended 30 June 2012,
the ROE hurdle is cash ROE (normalised ROE for grants prior to the year ended 30 June 2009) to align with the reporting of IAG’s
financial performance to the external market.
The TSR hurdle has been chosen as it provides a direct link between executive reward and shareholder return. For share rights
allocated after 30 June 2009, TSR is measured against that of other companies in the top 50 industrials within the S&P/ASX 100
Index.
LTI grants are determined annually by the IAG Board and are aligned to the Group’s strategic financial targets. These are based on an
assessment of market benchmarks, performance, leadership capability and strategic input.
Under the terms of the LTI, if an executive ceases employment with IAG voluntarily before the performance conditions are tested, then
the unvested LTI will generally lapse. In cases where the executive acts fraudulently, dishonestly or is, in the IAG Board’s opinion, in
breach of his or her obligations to the Company, the unvested LTI will lapse.
25
Details of the terms of allocations made to the Group CEO and the executive team under the LTI Plan are in the table below with the
exception of EPR Plan 2007/2008 and 2008/2009 – series 1 and 2 – ROE information. These allocations have been excluded as
their test dates have passed, performance hurdles were not met and 0% of rights vested.
EPR PLAN
2007/2008 -
SERIES 1
EPR PLAN
2008/2009 -
SERIES 2
EPR PLAN 2009/2010 - SERIES 3
TSR
TSR
TSR
Cash ROE
18/09/2008
27/02/2009
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
29/10/2007
29/11/2007
13/03/2008
30/09/2007
3-5 years from
grant date
5.31
3rd, 4th and
5th anniversary
of the base
date
30/09/2008
3-5 years from
grant date
4.10
3rd, 4th and
5th anniversary
of the base
date
30/09/2009
3-5 years from
grant date
3.78
3rd, 4th and
5th anniversary
of the base
date
n/a
1/07/2009-
30/07/2012
n/a
One test
following IAG
Board approval
of financial
results for
period ended
30 June 2012
30/06/2012
30/06/2012
0% vested
30/09/2010
30/09/2012
64% vested
30/09/2011
30/09/2013
66% vested
30/09/2012
30/09/2014
n/a
29/10/2017
29/11/2017
13/03/2018
Minimum
vesting at
0% if TSR
< 50th
percentile
Maximum
vesting at
100% if
TSR >=
75th
percentile
30/9/2010
All entities
within
S&P/ASX 100
Index
18/09/2018
27/02/2019
25/09/2016
24/11/2016
25/09/2016
24/11/2016
Minimum
vesting at
0% if TSR
< 50th
percentile
Maximum
vesting at
100% if
TSR >=
75th
percentile
30/09/2011
All entities
within
S&P/ASX 100
Index
Minimum
vesting at
0% if TSR
< 50th
percentile
Maximum
vesting at
100% if
TSR >=
75th
percentile
n/a
Top 50
industrials
within
S&P/ASX 100
Index
Minimum
vesting at
1.5 x
WACC
Maximum
vesting at
1.8x
WACC
n/a
Cash ROE
LTI PLAN
Grant date
Base date
Performance period definition
IAG share price at base date ($)
Performance hurdle test
schedule
First test day
Last test day
Performance hurdle
achievement
Last exercise date
(continuing employees only)
Vesting scale
Vesting date
Peer group
26 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
LTI PLAN
Grant date
Base date
Performance period definition
IAG share price at base date ($)
Performance hurdle test
schedule
First test day
Last test day
Performance hurdle
achievement
Last exercise date
(continuing employees only)
Vesting scale
Vesting date
Peer group
EPR PLAN 2010/2011 - SERIES 4
EPR PLAN 2011/2012 - SERIES 5
TSR
Cash ROE
TSR
Cash ROE
06/10/2010
03/03/2011
06/10/2010
03/03/2011
21/10/2011
21/10/2011
30/09/2010
3-5 years from
grant date
3.64
3rd, 4th and
5th anniversary
of the base
date
30/09/2013
30/09/2015
n/a
n/a
1/7/2010-
30/07/2013
n/a
One test
following IAG
Board approval
of financial
results for
period ending
30 June 2013
30/06/2013
30/06/2013
n/a
30/09/2011
3-5 years from
grant date
3.08
3rd, 4th and
5th anniversary
of the base
date
30/09/2014
30/09/2016
n/a
n/a
1/07/2011-
30/07/2014
n/a
One test
following IAG
Board approval
of financial
results for
period ending
30 June 2014
30/06/2014
30/06/2014
n/a
06/10/2017
03/03/2018
06/09/2017
03/03/2018
21/10/2018
21/10/2018
Minimum
vesting at
1.2 x
WACC
Maximum
vesting at
1.6 x
WACC
n/a
Cash ROE
Minimum
vesting at
0% if TSR
< 50th
percentile
Maximum
vesting at
100% if
TSR >=
75th
percentile
n/a
Top 50
industrials
within
S&P/ASX 100
Index
Minimum
vesting at
1.2 x
WACC
Maximum
vesting at
1.6 x
WACC
n/a
Cash ROE
Minimum
vesting at
0% if TSR
< 50th
percentile
Maximum
vesting at
100% if
TSR >=
75th
percentile
n/a
Top 50
industrials
within
S&P/ASX 100
Index
27
LTI granted during the year ended 30 June 2012
The LTI granted during the year will have no value unless the performance hurdles outlined above are achieved. These hurdles require
superior financial performance over at least a three year period. Details of the LTI granted during the year are set out below.
For EPR Plan 2008/2009 – series 2, the performance results were:
TSR met the performance hurdle on 30 September 2011 and 66% of those rights vested; and
ROE performance hurdle was not met on 30 June 2011 and these rights have been forfeited and will lapse.
No EPR lapsed during the financial year.
Note 29 to the financial statements sets out further details of the EPR Plan.
GRANT DATE(a)
EPR GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR(b)
EPR GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR(c)
EPR VESTED
DURING THE
YEAR
EPR
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
TOTAL VALUE
OF EPR
GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR(d)
TOTAL VALUE
OF EPR
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR(e)
EPR-ROE
HURDLE
FORFEITED
EPR-ROE
HURDLE
FORFEITED(f)
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
$000
$000
$000
2012
MJ Wilkins 21/10/2011
JP Breheny 21/10/2011
21/10/2011
A Cornish
21/10/2011
IR Foy
P Harmer
21/10/2011
NB Hawkins 21/10/2011
JS Johnson 21/10/2011
LC Murphy 21/10/2011
442,750
162,500
183,850
135,400
172,800
176,500
156,450
159,050
442,750
162,500
183,850
135,400
172,800
176,500
156,450
159,050
1,589,300 1,589,300
247,500
98,175
82,500
66,330
-
101,145
98,175
83,325
777,150
247,500
-
82,500
66,330
-
101,145
-
-
497,475
(375,000)
(148,750)
(125,000)
(100,500)
-
(153,250)
(148,750)
(126,250)
(1,177,500)
2,014
739
836
616
786
803
712
724
7,230
784
-
261
210
-
320
-
-
1,575
(1,265)
(502)
(422)
(339)
-
(517)
(502)
(426)
(3,973)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
All EPR granted 21 October 2011 have an expiry date of 21 October 2018.
EPR granted during the year subject to TSR performance hurdle. Rights granted 21 October 2011 have a grant date value of $1.86. All rights granted during the year
are first exercisable 30 September 2014.
EPR granted during the year subject to ROE performance hurdle. Rights granted 21 October 2011 have a grant date value of $2.69. All rights granted during the year are
first exercisable 30 June 2014.
The value of EPR granted in the year is the fair value of the EPR at grant date using Monte Carlo simulation (for TSR performance hurdle) and Black Scholes (for ROE
performance hurdle) valuation models. The total value of the EPR granted is included in the table above. This amount is allocated to remuneration over the vesting
period (i.e. in years ended 30 June 2012 to 30 June 2016).
EPR that vested on 30 September 2011 or before were exercised in the financial year. The value of EPR exercised is based on the weighted average share price which
was $3.17 for the year ended 30 June 2012.
During the year ended 30 June 2012, the value of EPR forfeited is based on the weighted average share price which was $3.37 as at 30 June 2011, the test date.
LTI GRANTED PRIOR TO 2008 - PERFORMANCE AWARD RIGHTS PLAN
Prior to the introduction of the EPR Plan, LTI was granted in the form of performance award rights. No allocations have been made
under the Performance Awards Rights Plan since the year ended 30 June 2007 and no further allocations are planned.
On 30 June 2011, the Performance Awards Rights Plan 2006/2007 – series 5 (the last series granted) reached the last performance
hurdle test. The performance hurdle was not met and all issued rights lapsed on 29 August 2011. The terms of allocation are therefore
no longer relevant to the users of this report and have been excluded.
On 29 August 2011, only four executives held performance awards rights and they were:
JP Breheny, 47,000 rights lapsed with a value of $159,000;
IR Foy, 11,500 rights lapsed with a value of $39,000;
NB Hawkins, 47,000 rights lapsed with a value of $159,000; and
JS Johnson, 47,000 rights lapsed with a value of $159,000.
The value of lapsed rights was based on the weighted average share price of $3.37 as at 30 June 2011 (the last testing date).
28 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
III. Managing risk
a. RESTRICTIONS ON DEALING IN IAG SECURITIES
In addition to legal requirements that prevent any person from dealing in IAG securities when in possession of undisclosed price
sensitive information, the IAG Board has a restriction policy that prohibits directors, executive team members and other designated
senior managers from:
dealing in IAG securities when in possession of price sensitive information;
short term or speculative trading in IAG securities;
transactions that limit economic risk associated with unvested entitlements to IAG securities (including DAR and EPR); and
any trading in IAG securities without prior approval of the NRSC.
A copy of IAG's Security Trading Policy is available at www.iag.com.au/about/governance/codes.
b. MANDATORY SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
All executives are required to hold a proportion of their remuneration as IAG ordinary shares. The Group CEO is required to
accumulate and hold IAG ordinary shares with a value of two times base salary and other executives one times base salary. The Group
CEO and the executive team have four financial years to meet their required holdings, which then becomes a rolling requirement
assessed annually at the end of each financial year.
i. Tracking against mandatory shareholding requirements for the year ended 30 June 2012
The number of IAG ordinary shares held by the Group CEO and the executive team at 30 June 2012, including tracking against the
mandatory shareholding requirements, is set out below.
NAME
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
IAG
SHAREHOLDING(a)
ACHIEVEMENT OF MANDATORY
SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT(b)
Number of shares
1,038,826
383,285
191,208
110,058
-
374,100
359,353
193,988
Met requirement
Met requirement
n/a
n/a
n/a
Met requirement
Met requirement
Met requirement
EFFECTIVE DATE OF
MANDATORY
SHAREHOLDING
REQUIREMENT
30/06/2012
01/09/2010
30/06/2013
30/06/2013
30/06/2015
01/09/2010
01/09/2010
30/06/2012
(a)
(b)
Includes executive's directly held shares and DAR vested and unexercised as at 30 June 2012. Includes entities controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by
the executive. Excludes shares held by the executives' domestic partner and dependants.
The above table is a voluntary disclosure. The achievement of mandatory shareholding requirements is calculated using the base salary of executives (two times base
salary of the Group CEO) and the IAG share price ($3.48) as at 30 June 2012.
Base salary is the amount received by the executives four years prior to the measurement day (for example, base salary at 30 June 2008 for the measurement day of 30
June 2012). The mandatory shareholding requirement is then re-assessed each year as a rolling four year requirement.
As at 30 June 2012, Mr Cornish, Mr Foy and Mr Harmer's first measurement date of mandatory shareholding requirement is not reached yet, therefore, the status of
achievement is noted as not applicable.
IV. Historical analysis of shareholder return on LTI
The following table outlines the returns IAG delivered to its shareholders for the last six financial years in relation to the closing share
price, dividend paid, earnings per share (basic) and LTI hurdles.
Closing share price ($)
Dividend paid (cents)
Basic earnings per share
(cents)
Cash ROE (%)(a)
Normalised ROE (%)(a)
ROE to WACC outcome for EPR
Plan(b)
TSR (%)(c)
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2007
5.70
29.50
32.79
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2008
3.47
22.50
(14.11)
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2009
3.51
10.00
9.32
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2010
3.41
13.00
4.39
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2011
3.40
16.00
12.08
YEAR ENDED 30
JUNE 2012
3.48
17.00
10.01
n/a
12.9
n/a
11.2
2.7
n/a
n/a
(36.1)
4.9
n/a
n/a
1.3
8.3
n/a
0.83
(0.5)
11.1
n/a
0.82
3.0
13.3
n/a
1.12
5.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
Normalised ROE ceased to be a performance measure from 30 June 2008. The Group’s communication to internal and external stakeholders is based on the cash ROE.
The first ROE performance hurdle test date of the EPR Plan was 30 June 2010, therefore information was not relevant for years ended 30 June 2009 and prior.
This represented the TSR performance measured for the 12 months from 1 July to 30 June. This is only an indication of IAG’s performance for the relevant financial
year.
29
C. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION IN DETAIL
I. Total remuneration of executives of the Group
The table below provides remuneration details for the Group CEO and the executive team. For an executive who was newly appointed
to the executive team during either financial year, the remuneration information provided in the table below relates to the period from
the date of their appointment as key management personnel (KMP) to the year ended 30 June.
SHORT TERM EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS
POST EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS
Table note (1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Short
term
incentive Other
$000 $000
Superan-
nuation
$000
Retire-
ment
benefits
$000
Base
salary
$000
OTHER
LONG
TERM
EMPLOYM-
ENT
BENEFITS
(5)
Long
service
leave
accruals
$000
SUB TOTAL
(EXCLUDES
SHARE
BASED
PAYMENT)
SHARE BASED
PAYMENT (SUBJECT TO
CONTINUING
EMPLOYMENT AND/OR
PERFORMANCE
HURDLES)
TERM-
INATION
BENEFITS
AT RISK
REMUN-
ERATION
PORTION
PAID
TOTAL(a)
(6)
Value of
deferred
short
term
incentive
$000
(7)
Value of
rights
granted
$000
$000
$000
$000
%
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
16
15
38
38
38
-
50
50
17
1
31
1
854
812
252
-
1,032
962
1,567
1,104
2,146
1,996
EXECUTIVES (INCLUDING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR)
MJ Wilkins, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
2012
2011
JP Breheny, Chief Executive Officer, Asia
587
2012
2011
429
A Cornish, Chief Executive Officer, Australia Direct
600
2012
2011
610
IR Foy, Chief Executive Officer, UK(b)
2012
2011
P Harmer, Chief Executive Officer, CGU, KMP since 8 November 2010
2012
2011
NB Hawkins, Chief Financial Officer
2012
2011
JS Johnson, Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand(b)
2012
45
2011
55
LC Murphy, Chief Strategy Officer(b)
-
2012
-
2011
105
99
878
811
877
735
371
575
593
567
505
337
512
404
287
292
939
597
960
915
568
460
504
275
65
34
25
25
17
1
25
25
64
22
50
16
-
7
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,789
3,138
1,774
1,292
1,665
1,588
1,356
1,533
1,498
889
1,617
1,422
1,492
1,168
1,432
1,241
481
467
191
197
232
200
127
100
40
-
182
174
164
187
155
151
2,193
2,136
6,463
5,741
808
824
898
732
641
538
391
88
848
851
802
825
731
677
2,773
2,313
2,795
2,520
2,124
2,171
1,929
977
2,647
2,447
2,458
2,180
2,318
2,069
66
65
57
63
62
61
50
43
48
37
60
61
60
62
60
60
a. FOOTNOTES TO THE REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVES
(a)
(b)
During the year ended 30 June 2011, K Armstrong (former acting Chief Executive Office, New Zealand), N Utley (former Managing Director, UK) and DG West (former Chief
Executive Office, CGU) were executives who ceased as KMP, their total 2011 remuneration was $100,000, ($62,000) and ($283,000), respectively.
During the year ended 30 June 2011, there were a number of role changes. IR Foy, former Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand became Chief Executive Officer, UK from 1
September 2010, succeeding N Utley. JS Johnson, former Chief Executive Officer, The Buzz became the Chief Executive Officer, New Zealand, from 1 November 2010,
succeeding IR Foy. LC Murphy, the former Group Executive, Corporate Office also became Chief Executive Officer, The Buzz from 1 November 2010 succeeding JS Johnson.
In July 2011, LC Murphy changed title to Chief Strategy Officer and The Buzz business passed to the Australia Direct operation.
30 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
2012:
2011:
b. TABLE NOTE
(1) Base salary includes amounts paid in cash plus the portion of the company’s superannuation contribution that is paid as cash
instead of paying into the superannuation funds and salary sacrifice items such as cars (including the 30% tax rebate on car
expenses), parking and annual leave accruals, as determined in accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.
(2) Short term incentive represents the amount to be settled in cash in relation to the financial year from 1 July to 30 June.
(3) Other short term employment benefits for the various KMP are provided below:
JB Breheny, relocation costs and accommodation due to his relocation to Singapore;
IR Foy, retention payments of $335,000 (£218,000) and other recurring allowances and benefits of $36,000; and
JS Johnson, accommodation allowances and other benefits.
IR Foy, relocation costs and accommodation allowances for taking up a new role in a different country. This amount included
the loss on sale of a NZ residence, plus associated transaction costs, of $291,000 (NZ$380,000) incurred in order to speed up
the relocation;
JS Johnson, relocation costs and accommodation allowances for taking up a new role in a different country;
K Armstrong, life insurance provided as per the NZ employment arrangement; and
N Utley, medical insurance and car allowances provided in the UK employment arrangement. In the prior year, Mr Utley was
paid a retention incentive ($789,000) to ensure that he remained with the business when IAG exited the UK mass market
operation.
(4) Superannuation represents the employer’s contributions. Refer to note 29 superannuation plans details.
(5) Long service leave accruals as determined in accordance with AASB 119.
(6) The deferred STI is granted as DAR and is valued using the Black Scholes valuation model. An allocated portion of unvested DAR for
the deferred STI for the years ended before 30 June 2011 is included in the total remuneration disclosure above. The deferred STI
for the year ended 30 June 2012 will be granted in the next financial year and therefore no value was included in the current
financial year’s total remuneration.
(7) This value represents the allocated portion of unvested EPR as included in the table above. For the year ended 30 June 2012, this
also includes an allocation portion of unvested DAR which were granted to Mr Foy on 21 October 2011 in relation to the UK
retention programs, as approved by the IAG Board.
To determine the EPR values the Monte Carlo simulation (for TSR performance hurdle) and Black Scholes (for ROE performance
hurdle) valuation models have been applied. The valuation takes into account the exercise price of the EPR, life of the EPR, current
price of IAG ordinary shares, expected volatility of the IAG share price, expected dividends, risk free interest rate, performance of
shares in the peer group of companies, early exercise and non transferability, and turnover which is assumed to be zero for an
individual's remuneration calculation. DAR are valued using the Black Scholes valuation model.
II. SERVICE AGREEMENTS
All service agreements for the Group CEO and the executive team are unlimited in term but may be terminated by written notice from
either party or by IAG making a payment in lieu of notice. The service agreements outline the components of remuneration paid to
executives and require the remuneration of executives to be reviewed annually. The service agreements do not require IAG to increase
base salary, pay a short term incentive or offer a long term incentive in any given year.
NAME
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
NOTICE PERIOD FROM
THE COMPANY
12 months
NOTICE PERIOD FROM
THE EMPLOYEE
6 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
3 months
3 months
6 months
6 months
3 months
3 months
3 months
TERMINATION PROVISIONS
12 months fixed pay and short term incentive
that would have accrued for 12 months had
termination not occurred. An additional 6
months of fixed pay is payable if IAG invokes a
restraint clause.
12 months base salary
12 months fixed pay
12 months fixed pay
12 months base salary
12 months base salary
12 months base salary
12 months base salary
Subject to the relevant legislation in the various jurisdictions, termination provisions may include the payment of annual leave and/or
long service leave for the Group CEO and the executive team.
Executives are employed by Insurance Australia Group Services Pty Limited, except for:
IR Foy who is employed by Equity Insurance Management Limited; and
JS Johnson who is employed by IAG New Zealand Limited.
31
a. RETRENCHMENT
In the event of retrenchment, the executives listed above (except for IR Foy and JS Johnson) are entitled to the greater of:
the written notice or payment in lieu of notice as provided in their service agreement; or
the retrenchment benefits due under the relevant company retrenchment policy.
For executives based in Australia, the minimum benefit under the retrenchment policy is 11 weeks of base salary and the maximum
benefit that can be received is 87 weeks of base salary. The maximum benefit is payable to employees with service of 25 years or
more.
For IR Foy and JS Johnson, the retrenchment payment is in accordance with the termination provisions specified in the table above.
b. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITHOUT NOTICE AND WITHOUT PAYMENT IN LIEU OF NOTICE
The employment of the executives may be terminated without notice and without payment in lieu of notice in some circumstances.
Generally, this could occur where the executive:
is charged with a criminal offence that is capable of bringing the organisation into disrepute;
is declared bankrupt;
breaches a provision of their service agreement;
is guilty of serious and wilful misconduct; or
unreasonably fails to comply with any material and lawful direction given by the relevant company.
c. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITH NOTICE OR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF NOTICE
The employment of the executives may be terminated at any time by the relevant company with notice or payment in lieu of notice.
The amount of notice the relevant company must provide or the payment in lieu of notice is specified above.
D. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
I. Structure and policy
a. REMUNERATION POLICY
The principles that underpin IAG’s approach to remuneration for non-executive directors are that remuneration should:
be sufficiently competitive to attract and retain a high calibre of non-executive director; and
create alignment between the interests of non-executive directors and shareholders.
b. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION
On 23 August 2011, the IAG Board approved the following adjustments to directors' fees effective from 1 July 2011:
a 3.5% increase in the IAG Board fees; and
a 2.0% increase in the Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee and NRSC fees.
On 16 August 2012, the IAG Board approved a 2.0% increase in the IAG Board fees effective from 1 July 2012. Post the fee increase,
the aggregate non-executive directors' fees remained below the shareholder approved limit.
c. REMUNERATION STRUCTURE
Non-executive director remuneration consists of three components:
Board fees (payable as cash);
superannuation; and
subsidiary board and committee fees.
The aggregate limit of remuneration remained unchanged at $2,750,000 per annum. This limit was approved by shareholders at the
2007 annual general meeting. The aggregate annual remuneration includes employer superannuation contributions paid by IAG on
behalf of non-executive directors.
i. IAG Board and committee fees
BOARD/COMMITTEE
IAG Board
IAG Audit, Risk Management & Compliance Committee
IAG Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee
ROLE
Chairman
Non-executive director
Chairman
Member
Chairman
Member
2012
$484,500
$161,500
$55,100
$27,550
$35,700
$17,850
ANNUAL FEE
2011
$468,000
$156,000
$54,000
$27,000
$35,000
$17,500
ii. Superannuation
IAG pays a 9% superannuation contribution on directors' fees. The directors can elect to have the superannuation contribution paid
partially as cash and partially into a superannuation fund as nominated, or fully paid into a superannuation fund. Directors’ fees and
superannuation contributions are paid monthly.
IAG has a Non-executive Directors’ Expenses policy. Under this policy, IAG reimburses expenses reasonably incurred by the non-
executive directors in discharging their duties.
32 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
iii. Non-executive directors' service on subsidiary boards
A summary of non-executive directors’ service on subsidiary boards and the fees payable is set out in the following table.
DIRECTOR
BM Schwartz
A Hynes(a)
HA Fletcher(b)
SUBSIDIARY
Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited
Mutual Community General Insurance Proprietary
Limited
IAG New Zealand Limited
CAPACITY
Chairman
Director
Chairman
ANNUAL FEE
$208,000
$16,250
$81,872
(a)
(b)
A Hynes retired as a director of this company on 18 May 2012.
This amount was paid to HA Fletcher in New Zealand dollars and has been converted to Australian dollars using the average exchange rate for the year.
iv. Performance
Directors’ performance is subject to evaluation by the chairman annually by discussion between the chairman and the individual
director. Performance measures for directors considered by the chairman and IAG Board include:
contribution of the director to board teamwork;
contribution to debates on significant issues and proposals;
advice and assistance given to management;
in the case of the chairman’s performance, the fulfilment of the additional role as chairman; and
input regarding regulatory, industry and social developments surrounding the business.
The NRSC has responsibility for coordinating the IAG Board’s review of the chairman’s performance.
Further, a formal review of performance, composition and size of the IAG Board is conducted every three years with a report on the
assessment brought to the IAG Board. During the year ended 30 June 2012 an external consultant was engaged by the NRSC to
conduct an independent formal review of the IAG Board. The external consultant provided a written report and presented their findings
and recommendations to the IAG Board at its August 2012 meeting. The report and feedback was positive and the IAG Board agreed
follow up action on recommendations.
II. Total remuneration details
The table below provides remuneration details of the non-executive directors (including those non-executive directors who retired
during the financial year) on the IAG Board.
For those directors who commenced during the financial year, the remuneration information provided in the table below relates to the
period from the date of their appointment to the year ended 30 June.
33
SHORT TERM
EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
POST EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
IAG Board
fees
received as
cash(a)
$000
Other
boards and
committee
fees Superannuation
$000
$000
Retirement
benefits
$000
OTHER LONG
TERM
EMPLOYMENT
BENEFITS
TERMINATION
BENEFITS
SHARE
BASED
PAYMENT
TOTAL(b)
$000
$000
$000
$000
208
203
523
453
166
161
162
89
BM Schwartz
2012
2011
YA Allen
2012
2011
PH Bush, director since 7 December 2010
2012
2011
PM Colebatch
2012
2011
HA Fletcher
2012
2011
A Hynes
2012
2011
PJ Twyman
2012
2011
162
156
165
159
162
156
162
156
63
68
28
15
18
18
34
32
55
50
109
107
24
24
16
15
17
9
16
16
17
16
18
17
16
15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
755
680
245
244
207
113
196
190
288
279
214
205
236
224
(a)
(b)
This balance included the portion of the company's superannuation contribution that the directors elected to receive as cash instead of paying into their nominated
superannuation fund.
JA Strong retired on 26 August 2011. Mr Strong's total remuneration was $407,000 for the year ended 30 June 2011.
III. Tracking of mandatory shareholding requirements
On 17 August 2009, IAG adopted a mandatory shareholding policy that requires non-executive directors to attain a shareholding with a
value equal to their IAG Board fee. The non-executive directors have three years from the date of their appointment to the IAG Board
to meet their required holdings, which then becomes a rolling requirement assessed annually at the end of each financial year.
For those directors appointed prior to 30 June 2010, the effective date to meet the mandatory shareholding requirements is 30 June
2013.
E. OTHER BENEFITS
Remuneration does not include premiums paid by IAG for an insurance contract covering current and former directors’ and executives’
liabilities and legal expenses incurred in respect of the relevant office, as the insurance policies do not specify premiums paid in
respect of individual directors and executives and the terms of contract specifically prohibit the disclosure of the premium paid.
Insurance products provided by the Group are also available to all directors and executives on the same terms and conditions
available to other employees.
34 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
F. GLOSSARY OF TERMS
TERM
Nomination, Remuneration &
Sustainability Committee/NRSC
Key management personnel
Group CEO
Executive team
Executives
Actual remuneration
At risk remuneration
Fixed remuneration
Short term incentive
Cash STI
Deferred STI/DAR
Long term incentive/EPR
Cash ROE
Normalised ROE
Total shareholder return
DEFINITION
The Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee is an IAG Board committee which
oversees IAG's remuneration practices.
The IAG key management personnel (KMP) comprises the Group CEO and the executive team
responsible for managing the Group, and the IAG Board of directors (including the Group CEO).
Refers to the Group’s Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer.
Refers to the senior executives who report directly to the Group CEO.
Refers to the Group CEO and the executive team.
Refers to the dollar value of the remuneration actually received by the executive team member
in the financial year ended 30 June. It is a sum of fixed remuneration plus cash portion of short
term incentive (STI) plus value of deferred award rights (DAR) vested during the year plus value
of long term incentive (LTI) in the form of executive performance rights (EPR) vested during the
year.
Refers to the components of remuneration that are at risk and dependent on a combination of
the financial performance of the Group and the executive's financial and non financial
measures. This typically comprises short term incentive (cash and deferred) and long term
incentive.
Fixed remuneration is defined as base salary (including annual leave) plus superannuation.
Individuals can determine the mix of base salary and superannuation they receive in line with
legislative requirements.
Short term incentive (STI) refers to the part of the at risk remuneration that is designed to
motivate and reward for performance typically in that financial year. The performance for the
achievement of STI is measured using a balanced scorecard based on goals set against
financial and non financial measures.
For the Group CEO and the executive team, 2/3 of STI is paid as cash for the same financial
year, and the remaining 1/3 of STI is deferred for a period up to two years.
Refers to the 2/3 portion of STI for the year ended 30 June 2012 that is paid in the form of cash
in October 2012 after the end of year assessment and STI approval by the IAG Board.
Refers to the 1/3 portion of STI that is deferred over a period of two years. This portion of STI is
awarded in the form of deferred award rights (DAR). At the date of vesting, the holder of DAR is
eligible to receive one IAG ordinary share per DAR, by paying the exercise price of $1 per
tranche of DAR exercised.
Long term incentive (LTI) is a grant of rights over IAG ordinary shares in the form of executive
performance rights (EPR) that are exercisable for shares between three and five years after the
date of grant if performance hurdles are achieved.
Refers to cash return on equity (ROE) based on cash earnings on average total shareholders’
equity during the financial year. Cash earnings is defined as net profit after tax attributable to
IAG shareholders plus amortisation of acquired identifiable intangibles and adjusted for unusual
items.
This is based on the normalised earnings on average total shareholders’ equity during the
financial year. Normalised earnings is defined as net profit after tax attributable to IAG
shareholders adjusted by actual shareholders’ return with the earnings that would have been
generated using the daily average 10 year bond rate plus 4% (adjusted with tax impact) and
amortisation.
Total shareholder return (TSR) is a concept used to measure performance of different
companies over a period of time. It combines share price appreciation and dividends paid to
show total return to shareholders. IAG uses relative TSR as one of the measures for its LTI. This
reflects the performance of the IAG share price relative to that of its peer group (as defined by
the LTI performance hurdle).
35
RELEVANT INTEREST OF EACH DIRECTOR AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES IN LISTED SECURITIES OF THE
IAG GROUP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001
A. HOLDINGS OF ORDINARY SHARES
BM Schwartz
YA Allen
PH Bush
PM Colebatch
HA Fletcher
A Hynes
PJ Twyman
MJ Wilkins
FOR SECTION 205G OF THE
CORPORATIONS ACT 2001
Shares held directly (a)
2,059
1,666
-
-
35,190
-
-
304,960
Shares held
indirectly (b)
97,375
37,345
-
46,692
37,812
40,242
57,780
799,166
(a)
(b)
This represents the relevant interest of each director in ordinary shares issued by the Company, as notified by the directors to the ASX in accordance with section 205G of
the Corporations Act 2001 until the date the financial report is signed. Trading in IAG shares is covered by the restrictions which limit the ability of an IAG director to trade
in the shares of the Group where they are in a position to be aware, or are aware, of price sensitive information.
These shares are held by the director’s related parties, inclusive of entities controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by the directors, as notified by the
directors to the ASX in accordance with section 205G of the Corporations Act 2001.
B.HOLDING OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES
No director and their related parties had any interest in reset preference shares at reporting date.
C. HOLDING OF RESET EXCHANGEABLE SECURITIES
No director and their related parties had any interest in reset exchangeable securities of IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited at
reporting date.
ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS
Unless otherwise stated, amounts in the financial report and directors' report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars. The
Company is of a kind referred to in the class order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 issued by the Australian Securities & Investments
Commission. All rounding has been conducted in accordance with that class order.
Signed at Sydney this 23rd day of August 2012 in accordance with a resolution of the directors.
Michael Wilkins
Director
36 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
LEAD AUDITOR'S
INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
UNDER SECTION 307C OF THE CORPORATIONS ACT 2001
TO THE DIRECTORS OF INSURANCE AUSTRALIA GROUP LIMITED
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit for the financial year ended 30 June 2012 there have
been:
no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
KPMG
Dr Andries B Terblanché
Partner
Sydney
23 August 2012
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative ("KPMG
International"), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
37
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTENT
Statement of comprehensive income
Balance sheet
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Summary of significant accounting policies
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Insurance risk management
Financial risk management
Analysis of income
Analysis of expenses
Income tax
Segment reporting
Earnings per share
Dividends
Claims
Reinsurance and other recoveries on outstanding claims
Deferred insurance assets
Unearned premium liability
Investments
Receivables
Property and equipment
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Trade and other payables
Restructuring provision
Interest bearing liabilities
Notes to the statement of changes in equity
Notes to the cash flow statement
Acquisitions and disposals of businesses
Details of subsidiaries
Investment in joint ventures and associates
Employee benefits
Share based remuneration
Superannuation
Commitments
Contingencies
Related party disclosures
Derivatives
Capital management
Net tangible assets
Remuneration of auditors
Parent entity disclosures
Events subsequent to reporting date
38 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
PAGE
39
40
41
42
43
52
52
56
61
62
63
64
66
66
68
73
74
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
81
83
84
85
86
89
90
91
95
99
99
100
104
105
107
107
108
108
STATEMENT OF
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
Premium revenue
Outwards reinsurance premium expense
Net premium revenue (i)
Claims expense
Reinsurance and other recoveries revenue
Net claims expense (ii)
Acquisition costs
Other underwriting expenses
Fire services levies
Underwriting expenses (iii)
Underwriting profit/(loss) (i) + (ii) + (iii)
Investment income on assets backing insurance liabilities
Investment expenses on assets backing insurance liabilities
Insurance profit/(loss)
Investment income on equity holders' funds
Fee and other income
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Finance costs
Fee based, corporate and other expenses
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in unitholders' funds
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax (expense)/credit
Profit/(loss) for the year
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND (EXPENSE), NET OF TAX
Actuarial gains and (losses) on defined benefit arrangements
Net movement in foreign currency translation reserve
Income tax (expense)/credit on other comprehensive income and (expense)
Other comprehensive income and (expense), net of tax
Total comprehensive income and (expense) for the year, net of tax
PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR ATTRIBUTABLE TO
Equity holders of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
Profit/(loss) for the year
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND (EXPENSE) FOR THE YEAR ATTRIBUTABLE TO
Equity holders of the Parent
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income and (expense) for the year, net of tax
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per ordinary share
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
NOTE
5
6
6
5
11
6
6
6
5
6
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
7,858
(620)
7,238
(8,493)
3,404
(5,089)
(1,009)
(721)
(248)
(1,978)
171
508
(19)
660
222
264
(8)
(86)
(434)
(4)
614
(276)
338
2012
$m
8,577
(734)
7,843
(7,455)
1,664
(5,791)
(1,130)
(716)
(298)
(2,144)
(92)
944
(20)
832
101
253
(12)
(97)
(625)
(9)
443
(178)
265
(73)
18
18
(37)
228
207
58
265
170
58
228
7
(4)
(46)
(43)
295
250
88
338
207
88
295
NOTE
9
9
CONSOLIDATED
2011
cents
2012
cents
10.01
9.96
12.08
12.01
The above statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.
39
BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 30 JUNE 2012
ASSETS
Cash held for operational purposes
Investments
Premium receivable
Trade and other receivables
Reinsurance and other recoveries on outstanding claims
Deferred levies and charges
Deferred outwards reinsurance expense
Deferred acquisition costs
Deferred tax assets
Property and equipment
Investment in joint ventures and associates
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Trade and other payables
Reinsurance premium payable
Restructuring provision
Current tax liabilities
Unearned premium liability
Non-controlling interests in unitholders' funds
Employee benefits provision
Deferred tax liabilities
Outstanding claims liability
Interest bearing liabilities
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Treasury shares held in trust
Reserves
Retained earnings
Parent interest
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
NOTE
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
24
15
16
16
12
13
7
17
27
18
19
20
21
14
28
7
11
22
969
12,953
2,502
449
3,928
178
493
753
373
274
384
225
1,625
26
25,132
1,135
264
20
257
4,942
216
358
9
11,709
1,659
39
20,608
4,524
5,353
(55)
(68)
(887)
4,343
181
4,524
509
11,893
2,081
560
4,010
142
371
683
311
284
284
225
1,644
32
23,029
826
204
10
280
4,355
184
275
12
10,889
1,377
37
18,449
4,580
5,353
(57)
(84)
(795)
4,417
163
4,580
The above balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.
40 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
TREASURY
SHARES
HELD IN
TRUST
$m
FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
RESERVE
$m
SHARE
BASED
REMUN-
ERATION
RESERVE
$m
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$m
NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$m
CONSOLIDATED
2012
Balance at the beginning of the financial
year
Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income and
(expense)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for
the year
Transactions with owners in their
capacity as owners
Shares acquired and held in trust
Share based payment expense recognised
Share based remuneration vested
Dividends determined and paid
Dividends received on treasury shares held
in trust
Balance at the end of the financial year
2011
Balance at the beginning of the financial
year
Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income and
(expense)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for
the year
Transactions with owners in their
capacity as owners
Shares acquired and held in trust
Share based payment expense recognised
Share based remuneration vested
Share based remuneration lapsed
Non-controlling interests in acquisitions
during the year
Dividends determined and paid
Dividends received on treasury shares held
in trust
Balance at the end of the financial year
SHARE
CAPITAL
$m
5,353
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5,353
5,353
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5,353
(57)
-
-
-
(14)
-
16
-
-
(55)
(58)
-
-
-
(14)
-
15
-
-
-
-
(57)
(109)
-
15
15
-
-
-
-
-
(94)
(61)
-
(48)
(48)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(109)
25
-
-
-
-
18
(17)
-
-
26
27
-
-
-
-
18
(13)
(7)
-
-
-
25
(795)
207
(52)
155
-
-
1
(250)
2
(887)
(775)
250
5
255
-
-
(2)
7
-
(281)
1
(795)
The above statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.
TOTAL
EQUITY
$m
4,580
265
(37)
228
(14)
18
-
(290)
163
58
-
58
-
-
-
(40)
-
2
181
4,524
170
88
-
88
-
-
-
-
4,656
338
(43)
295
(14)
18
-
-
2
(97)
-
163
2
(378)
1
4,580
41
CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
NOTE
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Premium received
Reinsurance and other recoveries received
Claims costs paid
Outwards reinsurance premium expense paid
Dividends received
Interest and trust distributions received
Finance costs paid
Income taxes refunded
Income taxes paid
Other operating receipts
Other operating payments
Net cash flows from operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net cash flows on acquisition of subsidiaries and associates
Proceeds from disposal of investments and property and equipment
Outlays for investments and property and equipment
Net cash flows from investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Outlays for purchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from issue of trust units
Outlays for redemption of trust units
Proceeds from borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Dividends paid to IAG equity holders
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Dividends received on treasury shares
Net cash flows from financing activities
Net movement in cash held
Effects of exchange rate changes on balances of cash held in foreign currencies
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year
24
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year
24
The above cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.
8,692
1,688
(6,524)
(796)
31
616
(88)
3
(253)
1,239
(3,094)
1,514
(236)
9,090
(9,623)
(769)
(14)
128
(104)
611
(350)
(250)
(40)
2
(17)
728
6
1,332
2,066
8,020
1,056
(5,991)
(768)
40
601
(84)
6
(150)
980
(3,090)
620
(37)
9,123
(9,048)
38
(14)
133
(75)
-
(4)
(281)
(97)
1
(337)
321
(42)
1,053
1,332
42 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
NOTES TO THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Insurance Australia Group Limited (IAG, Parent or Company) is a company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia
whose shares are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX). Its registered office and principal place of business is
Level 26, 388 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia. This financial report is for the current reporting period ended 30 June
2012 and consolidated financial statements for the Company and its subsidiaries (Group or Consolidated entity). The Group is a for-
profit entity.
This general purpose financial report was authorised by the board of directors for issue on 23 August 2012.
A. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE
This general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting
Standards (AASBs) (including Australian Interpretations) adopted by the Australian Accounting Standards Board, other authoritative
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board and the ASX Listing Rules.
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) refer to the overall framework of standards and pronouncements approved by the
International Accounting Standards Board. IFRS forms the basis of the Australian Accounting Standards. This financial report of the
Consolidated entity complies with IFRS.
The current IFRS standard for insurance contracts does not include a comprehensive set of recognition and measurement criteria. The
International Accounting Standards Board continues to work on a project to issue a standard that does include such criteria. Until the
issuance of that standard, the financial reports of insurers in different countries that comply with IFRS may not be comparable in terms
of the recognition and measurement of insurance contracts.
B. BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL REPORT
The significant accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this financial report are set out below. The accounting policies
adopted in the preparation of this financial report have been applied consistently by all entities in the Consolidated entity and are the
same as those applied for the previous reporting period unless otherwise noted. The financial statements have been prepared on the
basis of historical cost principles, as modified by certain exceptions noted in the financial report, with the principal exceptions for the
Consolidated entity being the measurement of all investments and derivatives at fair value and the measurement of the outstanding
claims liability and related reinsurance and other recoveries at present value.
The presentation currency used for the preparation of this financial report is Australian dollars.
The balance sheet is prepared using the liquidity format in which the assets and liabilities are presented broadly in order of liquidity.
The assets and liabilities comprise both current amounts (expected to be recovered or settled within 12 months after the reporting
date) and non-current amounts (expected to be recovered or settled more than 12 months after the reporting date). For those assets
and liabilities that comprise both current and non-current amounts, information regarding the amount of the item that is expected to
be outstanding longer than 12 months is included within the relevant note to the financial statements.
I. Australian accounting standards issued but not yet effective
As at the date of this financial report, there are a number of new and revised accounting standards published by the Australian
Accounting Standards Board for which the mandatory application dates fall after the end of this current reporting period.
None of these standards have been early adopted and applied in the current reporting period. These standards will be adopted in the
year commencing 1 July after the operative date. For example, AASB 9 will be operative in the financial year commencing 1 July 2013.
43
TITLE
AASB 9
AASB 10
AASB 11
AASB 12
AASB 13
AASB 119
AASB 127
AASB 128
AASB 2009-11
AASB 2010-7
AASB 2010-8
AASB 2011-4
AASB 2011-7
AASB 2011-8
AASB 2011-9
AASB 2011-10
AASB 2012-2
AASB 2012-3
AASB 2012-5
DESCRIPTION
Financial Instruments
Consolidated Financial Statements
Joint Arrangements
Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities
Fair Value Measurement
Employee Benefits (September 2011)
Separate Financial Statements (2011)
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (2011)
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9
(December 2010)
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Deferred Tax:
Recovery of Underlying Assets
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual
Key Management Personnel Disclosure Requirements
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from the
Consolidation and Joint Arrangements Standards
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 13
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Presentation of Items
of Other Comprehensive Income
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 119
(September 2011)
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 7-
Disclosures on offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 132
- Disclosures on offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from annual
improvements 2009-2011 cycle
OPERATIVE DATE
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2012
1 July 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 July 2012
1 January 2013
1 January 2013
1 January 2014
1 January 2013
NOTE
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
C
C
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
A
A
TABLE NOTE
A
B
C
These changes are not expected to have a significant, if any, financial impact.
These changes will only impact disclosures when preparing the annual financial report.
This standard gives effect to consequential changes arising from the issuance of AASB 9. This standard is required to be adopted
in the same reporting period when AASB 9 is adopted.
II. Changes in accounting policies
There were a number of Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations applicable for the current reporting period. Adoption of
these Standards and Interpretations has not had any material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group.
III. Reclassifications of comparatives
Certain items have been reclassified from the Consolidated entity's prior year financial report to conform to the current period's
presentation. The reclassifications are:
A $106 million balance sheet reclassification between reinsurance and other recoveries on outstanding claims and outstanding
claims liability as at 30 June 2011. The balances have been reclassified to better reflect the risk margin on reinsurance
recoveries in the United Kingdom. There is no impact to the profit/(loss) for the period.
IV. Rounding
Amounts in this financial report have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated. The Company is the kind of
company referred to in the class order 98/100 dated 10 July 1998 issued by the Australian Securities & Investments Commission. All
rounding has been conducted in accordance with that class order.
44 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
C. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
I. Subsidiaries
Consolidation is the incorporation of the assets and liabilities of the Parent and all subsidiaries as at the reporting date and the results
of the Parent and all subsidiaries for the period then ended as if they had operated as a single entity. The balances and effects of
intragroup transactions are eliminated from the consolidation. Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Parent. Control exists
when one company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain
benefits from its activities. Control is presumed to exist when more than half of the voting power of an entity is owned either directly or
indirectly. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are exercisable or convertible are taken into account. Where an entity
either began or ceased to be controlled during a financial reporting period, the results are included only from the date control
commenced or up to the date control ceased.
The financial statements of all subsidiaries are prepared for consolidation for the same reporting period as the Parent, using
consistent accounting policies. The financial statements of entities operating outside Australia that maintain accounting records in
accordance with overseas accounting principles are adjusted where necessary to comply with the significant accounting policies of the
Consolidated entity.
Where a subsidiary is less than wholly owned, the equity interests held by external parties are presented separately as non-controlling
interests on the consolidated balance sheet, except where the subsidiary is a trust or similar entity for which the core equity is
presented as a liability (this is the case with the IAG Asset Management Wholesale Trusts that are subsidiaries, refer to the details of
subsidiaries note) in which case the third party interest is presented separately on the consolidated balance sheet as a liability.
II. Associates
Associates, those entities over which significant influence is exercised and which are not intended for sale in the near future, are
accounted for using equity accounting method. Significant influence is presumed to exist where between 20% and 50% of the voting
rights of an entity are held, but can also arise where less than 20% is held through active involvement and influencing policy decisions
affecting the entity. The investment in associates is initially recognised at cost (fair value of consideration provided plus directly
attributable costs) and is subsequently adjusted for the post-acquisition change in the investor’s share of net assets of the investee.
The investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee is included in the profit or loss of the Consolidated entity and disclosed as a
separate line in the statement of comprehensive income. Distributions received reduce the carrying amount of the investment and are
not included as dividend revenue of the Consolidated entity. Movements in the total equity of the investee that are not recognised in
the profit or loss of the investee are recognised directly in equity of the Consolidated entity and disclosed in the statement of changes
in equity. The investments are reviewed annually for impairment.
Where an entity either began or ceased to be an associate during the current financial reporting period, the investment is equity
accounted from the date significant influence commenced or up to the date significant influence ceased.
The financial statements of associates are adjusted where necessary to comply with the significant accounting policies of the
Consolidated entity.
When the investor’s share of losses exceeds its interest in the investee, the carrying amount of the investment is reduced to nil and
recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the investor has incurred obligations or made payments, on
behalf of the investee.
III. Lloyd's syndicates
The nature of Lloyd’s syndicates is such that even when one party provides the majority of capital, the syndicate as a whole is still not
controlled for accounting purposes. Members of Lloyd's accept insurance business through syndicates on a separate basis for their
own profit and are not jointly responsible for each other's losses. Hence, even where the Group contributes the majority of capital for a
syndicate, only the portion of the syndicate represented by the capital contribution is recognised in the consolidated financial report.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES RELATED TO GENERAL INSURANCE CONTRACTS
All of the general insurance products and reinsurance products on offer, or utilised, meet the definition of an insurance contract (a
contract under which one party, the insurer, accepts significant insurance risk from another party, the policyholder, by agreeing to
compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future event, the insured event, adversely affects the policyholder) and none of
the contracts contains embedded derivatives or is required to be unbundled. Insurance contracts that meet the definition of a
financial guarantee contract are accounted for as insurance contracts. This means that all of the general insurance products are
accounted for in the same manner.
D. PREMIUM REVENUE
Premium revenue comprises amounts charged to policyholders (direct premium) or other insurers (inwards reinsurance premium) for
insurance contracts. Premium includes amounts collected for levies and charges for which the amount to be paid by the insurer does
not depend on the amounts collected, such as for fire services levies in Australia, but excludes stamp duties and taxes collected on
behalf of third parties, including the goods and services tax in Australia. Premium is recognised as earned from the date of attachment
of risk (generally the date a contract is agreed to but may be earlier if persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists) over the period of
the related insurance contracts in accordance with the pattern of the incidence of risk expected under the contracts. The pattern of
the risks underwritten is generally matched by the passing of time. Premium for unclosed business (business written close to reporting
date where attachment of risk is prior to reporting date and there is insufficient information to accurately identify the business) is
brought to account based on previous experience with due allowance for any changes in the pattern of new business and renewals.
The unearned portion of premium is recognised as an unearned premium liability on the balance sheet.
Premium receivable is recognised as the amount due and is normally settled between 30 days and 12 months. The recoverability of
premium receivable is assessed and provision is made for impairment based on objective evidence and having regard to past default
experience. Premium receivable is presented on the balance sheet net of any provision for impairment.
45
E. OUTWARDS REINSURANCE
Premium ceded to reinsurers is recognised as an expense in accordance with the pattern of reinsurance service received. Accordingly,
a portion of outwards reinsurance premium expense is treated as a prepayment and presented as deferred outwards reinsurance
expense on the balance sheet at the reporting date.
F. CLAIMS
The outstanding claims liability is measured as the central estimate of the present value of expected future payments relating to
claims incurred at the reporting date with an additional risk margin to allow for the inherent uncertainty in the central estimate. The
liability is measured based on the advice of/valuations performed by, or under the direction of, the Appointed Actuary. The expected
future payments include those in relation to claims reported but not yet paid or not yet paid in full, claims incurred but not enough
reported (IBNER), claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and the anticipated direct and indirect claims handling costs. The liability is
discounted to present value using a risk free rate.
Claims expense represents claim payments adjusted for the movement in the outstanding claims liability.
The estimation of the outstanding claims liability involves a number of key assumptions and is the most critical accounting estimate.
All reasonable steps are taken to ensure that the information used regarding claims exposures is appropriate. However, given the
uncertainty in establishing the liability, it is likely that the final outcome will be different from the original liability established. Changes
in claims estimates are recognised in profit or loss in the reporting period in which the estimates are changed.
G. REINSURANCE AND OTHER RECOVERIES
Reinsurance and other recoveries received or receivable on paid claims and on outstanding claims (notified and not yet notified) are
recognised as income. Reinsurance and other recoveries receivable includes the net GST receivable on outstanding claims and
recoveries. Reinsurance recoveries on paid claims are presented as part of trade and other receivables net of any provision for
impairment based on objective evidence for individual receivables. All recoveries receivable on outstanding claims are measured as
the present value of the expected future receipts calculated on the same basis as the outstanding claims liability. Reinsurance does
not relieve the originating insurer of its liabilities to policyholders and is presented separately on the balance sheet.
H. ACQUISITION COSTS
Costs associated with obtaining and recording general insurance contracts are referred to as acquisition costs. These costs include
advertising expenses, commissions or brokerage paid to agents or brokers, premium collection costs, risk assessment costs and other
administrative costs. Profit commission received from third party names relating to providing managing agency services to Lloyd's
syndicates is also included in acquisition costs. Such costs are capitalised where they relate to the acquisition of new business or the
renewal of existing business, are presented as deferred acquisition costs, and are amortised on the same basis as the earning pattern
of the premium over the period of the related insurance contracts. The balance of the deferred acquisition costs at the reporting date
represents the capitalised acquisition costs relating to unearned premium.
I. LIABILITY ADEQUACY TEST
The liability adequacy test is an assessment of the carrying amount of the unearned premium liability and is conducted at each
reporting date. If current estimates of the present value of the expected future cash flows relating to future claims arising from the
rights and obligations under current general insurance contracts, plus an additional risk margin to reflect the inherent uncertainty in
the central estimate, exceed the unearned premium liability (net of reinsurance) less related deferred acquisition costs, then the
unearned premium liability is deemed to be deficient. The test is performed at the level of a portfolio of contracts that are subject to
broadly similar risks and that are managed together as a single portfolio. Any deficiency arising from the test is recognised in profit or
loss with the corresponding impact on the balance sheet recognised first through the write down of deferred acquisition costs for the
relevant portfolio of contracts, with any remaining balance being recognised on the balance sheet as an unexpired risk liability.
J. LEVIES AND CHARGES
Levies and charges, for which the amount paid does not depend on the amounts collected, as is the case with fire services levies in
Australia, are expensed on the same basis as the recognition of premium revenue. The portion relating to unearned premium is
treated as a prepayment and presented as deferred levies and charges on the balance sheet. A liability for levies and charges payable
is recognised on business written to the reporting date. Other levies and charges that are simply collected on behalf of third parties
are not recognised as income or expense in profit or loss.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES APPLICABLE TO OTHER ACTIVITIES
K. FEE AND OTHER INCOME
Fee based revenue is brought to account on an accruals basis being recognised as revenue on a straight line basis in accordance with
the passage of time as the services are provided. Other income is recognised on an accruals basis.
L. LEASES
The majority of leases entered into are operating leases, where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership
of the leased items. The majority of the lease arrangements are entered into as lessee for which the lease payments are recognised
as an expense on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Certain sublease arrangements are entered into as the lessor for
which the lease payments are recognised as revenue on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.
Lease incentives relating to the agreement of a new or renewed operating lease are recognised as an integral part of the net
consideration agreed for the use of the leased asset. Operating lease incentives received are initially recognised as a liability, are
presented as trade and other payables, and are subsequently reduced through recognition in profit or loss as an integral part of the
total lease expense (lease payments are allocated between rental expense and reduction of the liability) on a straight line basis over
the period of the lease.
46 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
M. TAXATION
I. Income tax
Income tax expense for a reporting period comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in profit or loss except to the
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates for each jurisdiction, and any
adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous financial periods. Deferred tax expense is the change in deferred tax assets and
liabilities between the reporting periods.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised using the balance sheet method for temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes, except in the following
circumstances when no deferred tax asset or liability is recognised:
temporary differences if they arose in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction did not
affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss;
temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in subsidiaries where it is probable that the
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
temporary differences relating to the initial recognition of goodwill.
The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets
and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at reporting date. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.
II. Tax consolidation
IAG and its Australian resident wholly owned subsidiaries adopted the tax consolidation legislation with effect from 1 July 2002 and are
therefore taxed as a single entity from that date. IAG is the head entity within the tax-consolidated group.
Any current tax liabilities (or assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the subsidiaries are assumed by the
head entity in the tax-consolidated group and are recognised as amounts receivable/(payable) from/(to) other entities in the tax-
consolidated group in conjunction with any tax funding arrangement amounts. Any difference between these amounts is recognised by
IAG as an equity contribution or distribution.
All entities in the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the
joint and several liabilities of the wholly owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity.
The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate the Company for
any current tax payable assumed.
III. Goods and services tax
Revenue, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except where the amount of GST
incurred is not recoverable. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of
an item of expense.
Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of GST. Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a gross basis.
N. INVESTMENTS
Investments comprise assets held to back insurance liabilities (also referred to as technical reserves) and assets that represent equity
holders' funds. All investments are managed and performance evaluated on a fair value basis for both external and internal reporting
purposes in accordance with a documented risk management strategy.
All investments are designated as fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition. They are initially recorded at fair value
(being the cost of acquisition excluding transaction costs) and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date.
Changes in the fair value are recognised as realised or unrealised investment gains or losses in profit or loss. Purchases and sales of
investments are recognised on a trade date basis, being the date on which a commitment is made to purchase or sell the asset.
Transaction costs for purchases of investments are expensed as incurred. Investments are derecognised when the rights to receive
future cash flows from the assets have expired, or have been transferred, and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership
have transferred.
For securities traded in an active market, fair value is determined by reference to published bid price quotations. For securities traded
in a market that is not active, valuation techniques are used based on market observable inputs. In a limited number of instances,
valuation techniques are based on non-market observable inputs.
Investment revenue is brought to account on an accruals basis. Revenue on investments in equity securities and property trusts is
deemed to accrue on the date the dividends/distributions are declared, which for listed equity securities is deemed to be the ex-
dividend date.
47
O. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES
Investment in subsidiaries is initially recognised at cost (fair value of consideration provided plus directly attributable costs) and is
subsequently carried at the lower of cost and recoverable amount by the Parent entity. Costs incurred in investigating and evaluating
an acquisition up to the point of formal commitment to an acquisition are expensed as incurred. Where the carrying value exceeds the
recoverable amount, an impairment charge is recognised in profit or loss which can subsequently be reversed in certain conditions.
Where an additional interest is purchased in an existing subsidiary, the acquisition is treated as a transaction between owners and has
no impact on the statement of comprehensive income.
Income from these investments, comprising dividends and trust distributions, is brought to account on an accruals basis. Dividend
revenue is accrued on the date the dividends are declared.
P. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES
Investment in joint ventures and associates is initially recognised at cost (fair value of consideration provided plus directly attributable
costs) by the entity holding the ownership interest, including attributed goodwill, and is subsequently carried in the entity’s financial
statements at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.
Q. DERIVATIVES
The Group uses a variety of derivatives to manage various risks. Derivatives are used solely to manage risk exposure and are not used
for trading or speculation.
I. Derivatives without hedge accounting applied
Derivatives are initially recognised at trade date at fair value excluding transaction costs. The fair value is determined by reference to
current market quotes or generally accepted valuation principles.
Transaction costs for purchases of derivatives are expensed as incurred.
For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, the changes in fair value are immediately recognised in profit or loss. The
derivatives in relation to the investment operations are presented together with the underlying investments while the derivatives in
relation to corporate treasury transactions are presented as receivables when the fair value is positive, or as payable when the fair
value is negative.
Where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, the treatment is set out in section II.
II. Hedge accounting
Hedge accounting may be applied to derivatives designated as hedging instruments provided certain criteria are met. Certain
transactions have been designated as the following:
Fair value hedge: hedge of a change in fair value of an asset or liability or an unrecognised firm commitment; or
Cash flow hedge: hedge of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a
forecast transaction; or
Net investment hedge: hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedge and throughout its life, each hedge must be expected to be highly
effective. Actual effectiveness in the range of 80% to 125% must also be demonstrated on an ongoing basis. When it is determined
that a derivative for which hedge accounting has been designated is not (or ceases to be) effective, hedge accounting is discontinued
prospectively from the date of ineffectiveness.
a. FAIR VALUE HEDGE
Changes in the fair value of hedging instrument are recognised in profit or loss, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged
asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk.
b. CASH FLOW HEDGE
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in
reserves as part of equity. Any gain or loss relating to an ineffective portion is immediately recognised in profit or loss.
When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a financial asset or a financial liability, the associated gains
and losses that had been deferred in equity are transferred into profit or loss in the same period or periods when the hedged item
affects profit or loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non financial asset or a non financial
liability, the associated gains and losses that had been deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial
measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.
c. NET INVESTMENT HEDGE
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging
instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity while the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion
is immediately recognised in profit or loss. Gains and losses accumulated in the equity reserve are recognised in profit or loss upon
the disposal of the foreign operation.
III. Embedded derivatives
Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other non financial host contracts are treated separately when their risks and
characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contract. Where an embedded derivative is required to be separated, it is
measured at fair value and change in the fair value is recognised in profit or loss.
48 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
R. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
Trade and other receivable are stated at the amounts to be received in the future, less any impairment losses. The amounts are
discounted where the effect of the time value of money is material. The recoverability of debts is assessed on an ongoing basis and
provision for impairment is made based on objective evidence and having regard to past default experience. The impairment charge is
recognised in profit or loss. Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off.
S. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment is initially recorded at cost which is the fair value of consideration provided plus incidental costs directly
attributable to the acquisition.
All items of property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment charges.
Depreciation is calculated using the straight line method to allocate the cost of assets less any residual value over the estimated
useful economic life.
The carrying amount of property and equipment is reviewed each reporting date. If any impairment indicates or exists, the item is
tested for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of the asset or its cash generating unit to the carrying value. Where an
existing carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, the difference is recognised in profit or loss.
The net gain or loss on disposal of property and equipment is recognised in profit or loss and is calculated as the difference between
the carrying amount of the asset at the time of disposal and the net proceeds.
T. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred for the acquisition is the fair
value of the assets transferred, the equity instruments issued and the liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. The
consideration includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at fair value on
the acquisition date. The group measures any non-controlling interest, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, either at fair value or at
the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities.
Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the
acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is contingent upon some future event or circumstance, the estimated amounts
payable in the future are discounted to their present value at the date of exchange. When the contingent consideration is classified as
a liability, the impact on any subsequent changes in fair value is recognised as profit or loss in the statement of comprehensive
income.
Where the initial accounting for a business combination is determined only provisionally by the first reporting date after acquisition
date, the business combination is accounted for using those provisional values. Any subsequent adjustments to those provisional
values are recognised within 12 months of the acquisition date and are applied effective from the acquisition date.
U. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
I. Acquired intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets are initially recorded at their cost at the date of acquisition being the fair value of the consideration
provided and, for assets acquired separately, incidental costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Intangible assets with finite
useful lives are amortised on a straight line basis (unless the pattern of usage of the benefits is significantly different) over the
estimated useful lives of the assets being the period in which the related benefits are expected to be realised (shorter of legal duration
and expected economic life). Amortisation rates and residual values are reviewed annually and any changes are accounted for
prospectively.
The carrying amount of intangible assets with finite useful lives is reviewed each reporting date by determining whether there is an
indication that the carrying value may be impaired. If any such indication exists, the item is tested for impairment by comparing the
recoverable amount of the asset or its cash generating unit to the carrying value. Where the recoverable amount is determined by the
value in use, the projected net cash flows are discounted using a pre tax discount rate. For assets with indefinite useful lives, the
recoverability of the carrying value of the assets is reviewed for impairment at each reporting date, or more frequently if events or
changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. An impairment charge is recognised when the carrying value exceeds the
calculated recoverable amount. Impairment charges are recognised in profit or loss and may be reversed where there has been a
change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount.
II. Software development expenditure
Software development expenditure that meets the criteria for recognition as an intangible asset is capitalised on the balance sheet
and amortised over its expected useful life, subject to impairment testing. Costs incurred in researching and evaluating a project up to
the point of formal commitment to a project are treated as research costs and are expensed as incurred. Only software development
projects with total budgeted expenditure of more than $2 million are considered for capitalisation or where such services are provided
under a comprehensive outsourcing agreement. Smaller projects and other costs are treated as maintenance costs, being an ongoing
part of maintaining effective computer systems, and are expensed as incurred.
49
All such capitalised costs are deemed to have an expected useful life of three years unless it can be clearly demonstrated for a specific
project that the majority of the net benefits are to be generated over a longer period. The capitalised costs are amortised on a straight
line basis over the period following completion of a project or implementation of part of a project. The recoverability of the carrying
amount of the asset is assessed in the same manner as for acquired intangible assets with finite useful lives.
V. GOODWILL
Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net identifiable assets and
contingent liabilities acquired and subsequently presented net of any impairment charges. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1
July 2004 has been carried forward on the basis of its deemed cost being the net carrying amount as at that date.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to Cash Generating Units (CGUs). CGUs are determined principally based
on how goodwill is monitored by management. The carrying value of goodwill is tested for impairment at each reporting date.
Where the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, an impairment charge is recognised in profit or loss and cannot
subsequently be reversed. The recoverable amount of goodwill is determined by the present value of the estimated future cash flows
by using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessment of the risks specific to the CGUs.
At the date of disposal of a business, attributed goodwill is used to calculate the gain or loss on disposal.
W. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Trade and other payables are carried at cost, which is the fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods and services
received. The amounts are discounted where the effect of the time value of money is material.
X. RESTRUCTURING PROVISION
A restructuring provision is recognised for the expected costs associated with restructuring where there is a detailed formal plan for
restructure and a valid expectation has been raised in those persons expected to be affected. The provision is based on the direct
expenditure to be incurred which is both directly and necessarily caused by the restructuring, including termination benefits,
decommissioning of information technology systems and exiting surplus premises, and does not include costs associated with ongoing
activities. The adequacy of the provision is reviewed regularly and adjusted if required. Revisions in the estimated amount of a
restructuring provision are reported in the period in which the revision in the estimate occurs. The provision is discounted using a pre
tax discount rate where the effect of the time value of money is material. Where discounting is applied, the increase in the provision
due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.
Y. LEASE PROVISION
Certain operating leases for property require that the land and/or building be returned to the lessor in its original condition, however,
the related operating lease payments do not include an element for the cost this will involve. The present value of the estimated future
cost for the plant and equipment to be removed and the premises to be returned to the lessor in its original condition are recognised
as a lease provision when the relevant alterations are made to the premises. The costs are capitalised as part of the cost of plant and
equipment and then depreciated over the useful lives of the assets (refer to section S of the summary of significant accounting policies
note).
Z. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
I. Wages and salaries, annual leave and sick leave
Liabilities for wages and salaries (including bonuses), annual leave and sick leave are recognised at the nominal amounts unpaid at
the reporting date using remuneration rates that are expected to be paid when these liabilities are settled, including on-costs. A
liability for sick leave is considered to exist only when it is probable that sick leave taken in the future will be greater than entitlements
that will accrue in the future.
II. Long service leave
A liability for long service leave is recognised as the present value of estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect of services
provided by employees up to the reporting date. The estimated future cash outflows are discounted using interest rates on national
government guaranteed securities which have terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
Factors which affect the estimated future cash outflows such as expected future salary increases, experience of employee departures
and period of service, are incorporated in the measurement.
III. Share based incentive arrangements
Share based remuneration is provided in different forms to eligible employees and IAG directors. All of the arrangements are equity
settled share based payments. The fair value at grant date (the date at which the employer and the employee have a shared
understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement) is determined for each equity settled share based payment using a
valuation model which excludes the impact of any non market vesting conditions. This fair value does not change over the life of the
instrument. At each reporting date during the vesting period (the period during which related employment services are provided), and
upon the final vesting or expiry of the equity instruments, the total accumulated expense is revised based on the fair value at grant
date and the latest estimate of the number of equity instruments that are expected to vest based on non market vesting conditions
only, and taking into account the expired portion of the vesting period. Changes in the total accumulated expense from the previous
reporting date are recognised in profit or loss with a corresponding movement in an equity reserve. Upon exercise of the relevant
instruments, the balance of the share based remuneration reserve relating to those instruments is transferred within equity.
The different treatment of market and non market vesting conditions means that if an equity instrument does not vest because a
participant ceases relevant employment then the accumulated expense charged in relation to that participant is reversed, but if an
equity instrument does not vest only because a market condition is not met, the expense is not reversed.
50 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
To satisfy obligations under the various share based remuneration plans, shares are generally bought on market at or near grant date
of the relevant arrangement and held in trust. Shares held in trust that are controlled for accounting purposes are treated as treasury
shares held in trust (refer to section AF of the summary of significant accounting policies note).
IV. Superannuation
For defined contribution superannuation plans, obligations for contributions are recognised in profit or loss as they become payable.
For defined benefit superannuation plans, the net financial position of the plans is recognised on the balance sheet and the movement
in the net financial position is recognised in profit or loss, except for actuarial gains and losses (experience adjustments and changes
in actuarial assumptions), which are recognised directly in retained earnings.
AA. INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES AND FINANCE COSTS
Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs that are directly attributable to the transaction.
After initial recognition the liabilities are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Finance costs include interest, which is accrued at the contracted rate and included in payables, amortisation of transaction costs
which are capitalised, presented together with the borrowings, and amortised over the life of the borrowings or a shorter period if
appropriate, and amortisation of discounts or premiums (the difference between the original proceeds, net of transaction costs, and
the settlement or redemption value of borrowings) over the term of the liabilities. Where interest payments are subject to hedge
accounting, they are recognised as finance costs net of any effect of the hedge.
AB. FOREIGN CURRENCY
I. Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial records are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity
operates (functional currency). The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the presentation currency of the
Group.
II. Translation of foreign currency transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at reporting date, are translated to the functional
currency using reporting date exchange rates. Resulting exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss.
III. Translation of the financial results of foreign operations
The financial position and performance of foreign operations with a functional currency other than Australian dollars are translated into
the presentation currency for inclusion in the consolidated financial statements. The assets and liabilities are translated using
reporting date exchange rates while equity items are translated using historical rates. Items from the statement of comprehensive
income are translated using weighted average rates for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising from the translations are
recorded directly in equity in the foreign currency translation reserve. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of
a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated using reporting date exchange rates.
On the disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences deferred in the foreign currency translation
reserve relating to that foreign operation is recognised in profit or loss.
IV. Principal exchange rates used
The reporting date exchange rates for balance sheet translation and the annual average daily exchange rates for statement of
comprehensive income and cash flow statement translation are provided here for selected currencies to Australian dollars as an
indication of the rates used for the current period.
New Zealand dollar
British pound
Thai baht
United States dollar
BALANCE SHEET
2011
0.77201
1.49961
0.03031
0.93210
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME AND CASH FLOW STATEMENT
2011
0.76660
1.60983
0.03307
1.01252
2012
0.77973
1.53516
0.03141
0.96914
2012
0.78286
1.53403
0.03094
0.97656
AC. PROVISION FOR DIVIDENDS
Provision for dividends is made in respect of ordinary shares where the dividends are declared on or before the reporting date but have
not yet been distributed at that date.
AD. EARNINGS PER SHARE
I. Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing the profit or loss attributable to equity holders of the Parent by the weighted
average number of shares of the Parent on issue during the reporting period, net of treasury shares held in trust.
II. Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing the profit or loss attributable to equity holders of the Parent used in the
calculation of basic earnings per share, adjusted for relevant costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares.
51
AE. SHARE CAPITAL
Shares are classified as equity when there is no obligation to transfer cash or other assets to the holder. Transaction costs directly
attributable to the issue of equity instruments are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.
AF. TREASURY SHARES HELD IN TRUST
Ordinary shares of IAG that are controlled for accounting purposes by share based remuneration trusts that are subsidiaries of the
Consolidated entity, are presented on the balance sheet as treasury shares held in trust. The shares are measured at cost (total
amount paid to acquire the shares including directly attributable costs), and are presented as a deduction from equity until they are
otherwise dealt with. No gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the sale, cancellation or reissue of the shares. The shares are
derecognised as treasury shares held in trust when the shares vest or are released to the participant.
NOTE 2. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
In the process of applying the significant accounting policies, certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions are used, and
certain judgements are made.
The estimates and related assumptions are based on experience and other factors that are considered to be reasonable, the results of
which form the basis for judgements about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the
period in which the estimates are revised, and future periods if relevant.
The areas where the estimates and assumptions involve a high degree of judgement or complexity and are considered significant to
the financial statements, listed together with reference to the notes to the financial statements where more information is provided,
are:
insurance contracts related:
claims, refer to note 11;
reinsurance and other recoveries on outstanding claims, refer to note 12; and
liability adequacy test, refer to note 14.B.
The estimation process of the gross cash flows for the recent natural catastrophe events in New Zealand is conducted in a
similar manner to that described above, but is subject to a high degree of uncertainty owing to the unique nature of the
events including the allocation of costs between the events for policies affected by multiple events, the decision process
surrounding the zoning of land for rebuilding and the estimated cost of the event relative to the size of the New Zealand
economy.
There are other amounts relating to insurance contracts that are based on allocation methodologies supported by
assumptions (e.g. deferred acquisition costs). The estimates relate to past events, do not incorporate forward looking
considerations, and generally do not change from year to year.
other:
intangible assets and goodwill impairment testing, refer to notes 18 and 19;
acquired intangible assets initial measurement and determination of useful life, refer to notes 18 and 25;
income tax and related assets and liabilities, refer to note 7;
share based remuneration, refer to note 29; and
defined benefit superannuation arrangements, refer to note 30.
The accounting judgements made during the reporting period that did not involve estimations, other than described above, are
considered to have had no significant impact on the amounts recognised in the financial report (2011–none).
NOTE 3. INSURANCE RISK MANAGEMENT
A key risk from operating in the general insurance industry is the exposure to insurance risk arising from underwriting general
insurance contracts. The insurance contracts transfer risk to the insurer by indemnifying the policyholders against adverse effects
arising from the occurrence of specified uncertain future events. There is a risk that the actual amount of claims to be paid in relation
to contracts will be different to the amount estimated at the time a product was designed and priced. The Consolidated entity is
exposed to this risk because the price for a contract must be set before the losses relating to the product are known. Hence the
insurance business involves inherent uncertainty. The Consolidated entity also faces other risks relating to the conduct of the general
insurance business including financial risks (refer to the financial risk management note) and capital risks (refer to the capital
management note).
A fundamental part of the Group's overall risk management strategy is the effective governance and management of the risks that
impact the amount, timing and certainty of cash flows arising from insurance contracts.
52 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
A. RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
The Group has in place a dedicated group risk management function responsible for the development and maintenance of the risk
management framework. The risk management framework provides reasonable assurance that the Group’s material risks are being
prudently and soundly managed. At the same time it is acknowledged that all business activity entails risk so the focus is on
management of this risk rather than complete risk avoidance. The risk management framework is outlined in a written Risk
Management Strategy (RMS) which is in accordance with the prudential standards issued by the Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority (APRA). The RMS:
is a high level, strategic document intended to describe key elements of the risk management framework;
describes board and management approved parameters (i.e. risk appetite) within which key decisions must be made;
is a key input into how regulators understand and assess the approach to risk management; and
forms the basis of twice yearly declarations provided by executives and senior management to the board.
The framework also includes clearly defined managerial responsibilities, details of the group level risk management related policies
and the key processes to identify, assess, monitor, report on and mitigate material risks, financial and non financial, likely to be faced.
The group level policies for the management of risk are required to be applied by all businesses consistently across the Group and
take into consideration local circumstances in non-Australian jurisdictions. There is a transition period for newly acquired businesses
to comply with these policies.
A review process is in place to ensure that the risk management framework remains appropriate and effective. The Group has an
internal audit function. As part of the internal audit plan there are reviews undertaken on various aspects of the risk management
framework usage in the business divisions. Standard & Poor’s (S&P) has rated the Group enterprise risk management program to be
‘strong’.
The RMS is updated annually or as required to ensure it is materially correct and is approved by the board. It is resubmitted to APRA
after any material changes are made. A three year rolling business plan is also submitted to APRA after each annual review or
whenever material changes are made.
The framework also includes a written Reinsurance Management Strategy (REMS) which sets out key elements of the reinsurance
management framework, processes for setting and monitoring the maximum event retention (MER), processes for selecting,
implementing, monitoring and reviewing reinsurance arrangements and identification, roles and responsibilities of those charged with
managerial responsibility for the reinsurance management framework. The REMS is in accordance with the prudential standards
issued by APRA. The REMS is updated annually and approved by the board.
B. RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES FOR MITIGATING INSURANCE RISK
The insurance activities primarily involve the underwriting of risks and the management of claims. A disciplined approach to risk
management is adopted rather than a premium volume or market share orientated approach. IAG believes this approach provides the
greatest long term likelihood of being able to meet the objectives of all stakeholders, including policyholders, lenders and equity
holders.
The policies for the management of risk are applied consistently across the Group and take into consideration local circumstances in
non-Australian jurisdictions. There is a transition period for newly acquired businesses to comply with these policies.
The key policies and processes put in place to mitigate insurance risk include the following.
I. Acceptance and pricing of risk
The underwriting of large numbers of less than fully correlated individual risks, across a range of classes of insurance businesses, in
different regions reduces the variability in overall claims experience over time. Business divisions are set underwriting criteria covering
the types of risks they are licensed to underwrite. Maximum limits are set for the acceptance of risk both on an individual contract
basis and for classes of business and specific risk groupings. Management information systems are maintained that provide up to
date, reliable data on the risks to which the business is exposed at any point in time. Efforts are made, including plain language policy
terms, to ensure there is no misalignment between what policyholders perceive will be paid when a policy is initially sold and what is
actually paid when a claim is made.
Statistical models that combine historical and projected data are used to calculate premiums and monitor claims patterns for each
class of business. The data used includes historical pricing and claims analysis for each class of business as well as current
developments in the respective markets and classes of business. All data used is subject to rigorous verification and reconciliation
processes. The models incorporate consideration of prevailing market conditions.
The table in section C of this note provides an analysis of gross written premium by region and product for the current and prior
financial year demonstrating the limited exposure to the additional risks associated with long-tail classes of business.
II. Reinsurance
Reinsurance is used to limit exposure to large single claims as well as accumulation of claims that arise from the same or similar
events.
53
Risks underwritten are also reinsured in order to stabilise earnings and protect capital resources. Each subsidiary that is an insurer
has its own reinsurance program and determines its own risk tolerances, subject to principles set out in the REMS. To facilitate the
reinsurance process, manage counter party exposure and to create economies of scale, the Group has established a captive
reinsurance operation comprising companies located in Australia, Singapore and Labuan. This operation acts as the reinsurer for the
Group by being the main buyer of the Group’s outwards reinsurance program. A key responsibility of the reinsurance operation is to
manage reinsurance and earnings volatility and the Group's exposure to catastrophe risk. The operation retains a portion of the
intercompany business it assumes and retrocedes (passes on) the remainder to external reinsurers. The REMS provides that the
reinsurance retention for catastrophe is not to exceed 4% of net earned premium.
While the majority of business ceded by the Consolidated entity’s subsidiaries is reinsured with the Group's captive reinsurance
operation, individual business units do purchase additional reinsurance protection outside the Group. This generally relates to
facultative reinsurance covers.
The use of reinsurance introduces credit risk. The management of reinsurance includes the monitoring of reinsurers’ credit risk and
controls the exposure to reinsurance counterparty default. Refer to the financial risk management note for further details.
a. CURRENT PROGRAM
The reinsurance operation purchases reinsurance on behalf of Group entities to cover a return period of at least APRA’s minimum of a
1:250 year event on a single site basis but is authorised to elect to purchase covers up to a 1:250 year event on a whole of portfolio
basis. Dynamic financial analysis modelling is used to determine the optimal level at which reinsurance should be purchased for
capital efficiency, compared with the cost and benefits of covers available in the market.
The external reinsurance programs consist of a combination of the following reinsurance protection:
a Group catastrophe cover which is placed in line with the strategy of buying to the level of a 1:250 year event on a modified
whole of portfolio basis. The catastrophe program is negotiated on an annual calendar year basis. Covers purchased are
dynamic; the MER changes as total requirements change and as the reinsurance purchase strategy evolves;
an aggregate cover which protects against a frequency of attritional event losses in Australia, New Zealand, Asia and the United
Kingdom and operates below the Group catastrophe cover;
specific catastrophe protection in respect of AMI New Zealand providing protection in excess of a 1:250 year event probability;
excess of loss and proportional reinsurances which provide "per risk" protection for retained exposures of the commercial property
and engineering businesses in Australia, New Zealand, Thailand, Malaysia and the United Kingdom;
some proportional reinsurance of companies operating in Thailand and Malaysia as well as for the Group's engineering portfolio;
excess of loss reinsurance for all casualty portfolios including CTP, public liability, workers’ compensation and home owners
warranty products; and
excess of loss reinsurance for all marine portfolios.
b. CHANGES DURING THE YEAR
The limit of catastrophe cover purchased was increased to $4.7 billion. Should a loss event occur that is greater than $4.7 billion, the
Group could potentially incur a net loss greater than the MER. This would occur if the extent of the loss exceeded the upper limit of
cover provided by the reinsurance protection. The Group holds capital to mitigate the impact of this possibility. Further, specific
protection was purchased to provide cover up to NZD1.4 billion for catastrophe exposures generated through the acquisition of AMI
Insurance in New Zealand.
At 30 June 2012, the Group MER for a first event arising from a catastrophe event was $150 million.
III. Claims management and provisioning
Initial claims determination is managed by claims officers with the requisite degree of experience and competence with the assistance,
where appropriate, of a loss adjustor or other party with specialist knowledge. It is the Group's policy to respond to and settle all
genuine claims quickly whenever possible and to pay claims fairly, based on policyholders' full entitlements.
Claims provisions are established using actuarial valuation models and include a risk margin for uncertainty (refer to the claims note).
C. CONCENTRATIONS OF INSURANCE RISK
The exposure to concentrations of insurance risk is mitigated by a portfolio diversified into many classes of business across different
regions and by the utilisation of reinsurance.
Concentration risk is particularly relevant in the case of catastrophes, usually natural disasters, which generally result in a
concentration of affected policyholders over and above the norm and which constitutes the largest individual potential financial loss.
Catastrophe losses are an inherent risk of the general insurance industry that have contributed, and will continue to contribute, to
potentially material year-to-year fluctuations in the results of operations and financial position. Catastrophes are caused by various
natural events including earthquakes, bushfires, hailstorms, tropical storms and high winds. The Group is also exposed to certain
human-made catastrophic events such as industrial accidents and building collapses. The nature and level of catastrophes in any
period cannot be predicted accurately but can be estimated through the utilisation of predictive models. The Group actively limits the
aggregate insurance exposure to catastrophe losses in regions that are subject to high levels of natural catastrophes.
Each year, the Group sets its tolerance for concentration risk and purchases reinsurance in excess of these tolerances. Various
models are used to estimate the impact of different potential natural disasters and other catastrophes. The tolerance for
concentration risk is used to determine the MER which is the maximum net exposure to insurance risk determined appropriate for any
single event with a given probability. The selected MER is determined based on the cost of purchasing the reinsurance and capital
efficiency.
54 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
The tables below demonstrate the diversity of the Group’s operations by both region (noting that the insurance risks underwritten in
Australia are written in all states and territories) and product. The tables show risk concentrations before reinsurance.
Australia
New Zealand
United Kingdom
Asia
The consolidated gross written premium increased by 11.7% to $8,992 million during the 2012 financial year.
Motor
Home
Short-tail commercial
CTP (motor liability)
Liability
Other short-tail
Workers' compensation
CONSOLIDATED
2011
%
79
12
7
2
100
2012
%
79
13
6
2
100
34
24
19
11
5
4
3
100
35
23
18
12
5
4
3
100
Specific processes for monitoring identified key concentrations are set out below.
RISK
An accumulation of risks arising from a
natural peril
A large property loss
Multiple liability retentions being involved in
the same event
SOURCE OF CONCENTRATION
Insured property concentrations
Fire or collapse affecting one building or a
group of adjacent buildings
Response by a multitude of policies to the
one event
RISK MANAGEMENT MEASURES
Accumulation risk modelling, reinsurance
protection
Maximum acceptance limits, property risk
grading, reinsurance protection
Purchase of reinsurance clash protection
D. OPERATIONAL RISK
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events.
Operational risk can have overlaps with all of the other risk categories. When controls fail, operational risk events can cause injury,
damage to reputation, have legal or regulatory implications or can lead to financial loss. The Group cannot expect to eliminate all
operational risks, but manages these by initiating an appropriate control framework and by monitoring and responding to potential
risks, and thereby minimises exposure to such risks.
As outlined in the RMS, operational risk is to be identified and assessed on an ongoing basis. The capital management strategy
includes consideration of operational risk. Management and staff are responsible for identifying, assessing and managing operational
risks in accordance with their roles and responsibilities. The Group has an internal audit function that reviews the effectiveness of
processes and procedures surrounding operational risk.
I. Regulatory and compliance risk
The general insurance operations of the Group are subject to regulatory supervision in the jurisdictions in which they operate. The
regulatory frameworks continue to evolve in a number of jurisdictions and at a minimum include requirements in relation to reserving,
capital and the payment of dividends. The Group works closely with regulators and monitors regulatory developments across
its international operations to assess any potential impact on the ongoing ability to meet the various regulatory requirements.
Throughout the current reporting period the Group has conformed with the requirements of its debt agreements, including all financial
and non financial covenants (2011-full conformance).
The Group participates in two Lloyd's syndicates being Equity Red Star Motor Syndicate 218 (64.9% share of capacity) and Alba Group
Syndicate 4455 (100%-in run off). All members at Lloyd’s have joint and several liability and, in extreme cases, Lloyd’s can also
require ‘special contributions’ from members at the discretion of the Council of Lloyd’s to maintain the Central Fund. Lloyd's has an A
'strong' rating issued by Standard & Poor's Rating Services.
E. ACQUISITION RISK
Acquisition risks are principally managed by governance controls over the due diligence and subsequent integration process of
significant acquisitions. This includes performing due diligence appropriate to the entity's risk appetite for each target and by using a
team of relevant and appropriate subject matter experts to manage the integration process.
55
NOTE 4. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group's RMS, as outlined in the insurance risk management note, considers financial risk, focuses on the unpredictability of
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on financial performance. Key aspects of the processes established
to mitigate financial risks include:
having an Asset and Liability Committee constituted by the IAG Board and comprising key executives with relevant oversight
responsibilities that meets on a regular basis;
monthly stress testing undertaken to determine the impact of adverse market movements and the impact of any derivative
positions;
maintenance of an approved Group Credit Risk Policy and Group Foreign Exchange Policy which are reviewed at least annually;
and
implementation of a Derivatives Risk Management Statement that considers the controls in the use of derivatives and sets out
the permissible use of derivatives in relation to investment strategies.
A. MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of adverse financial impact due to changes in the value or future cash flows of financial instruments from
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices.
I. Currency risk
a. NATURE OF THE RISKS AND HOW MANAGED
Currency risk is the risk of loss arising from an unfavourable movement in market exchange rates. The Consolidated entity operates
internationally and so is exposed to currency risk from various activities conducted in the normal course of business. Foreign currency
exposure is a centrally managed risk, with hedging coordinated at the corporate office. Refer to the derivatives note for further detail
on the hedging arrangements used to manage currency risk.
The key currency risk exposures relate to the following:
i. Investment of equity holders' funds
The investment of equity holders’ funds in assets denominated in currencies different to the functional currency of the investing
subsidiary. Note that assets held to back insurance liabilities are held in the same currency as the related insurance liabilities
mitigating any net foreign exchange exposure.
ii. Interest bearing liabilities
Foreign currency denominated interest bearing liabilities are normally of a capital nature. Some of these have been designated as
hedging instruments to manage the foreign currency risk associated with investments in foreign operations as noted below.
iii. Investment in foreign operations
Net investment in foreign operations through the translation of the financial position and performance of foreign operations that have
a functional currency other than the Australian dollar with the key currencies being New Zealand dollars, British pounds, Indian rupees,
Malaysian ringgit, Chinese renminbi and Thai baht.
b. CURRENCY RISK EXPOSURE
The financial impact from exposure to currency risk is reflected in the financial report through two mechanisms:
translation of foreign currency transactions - these financial impacts relating primarily to investments are directly recognised in
profit and loss;
translation of the financial performance of foreign operations - these financial impacts are directly recognised in profit and loss;
and
translation of the financial position of foreign operations - these financial impacts are recognised directly in equity in the foreign
currency translation reserve and so have no impact on profit.
i. Sensitivity
The following tables provide information regarding the exposure of the Consolidated entity to foreign currency risk. The sensitivity
analysis provided in the following tables demonstrates the effect of a change in one key assumption while other assumptions remain
unchanged. In reality, there is a correlation between the assumptions and other factors. The sensitivities do not include
interdependencies among the currencies, but rather show isolated exchange rate movements. The sensitivity analysis does not take
into consideration that the assets and liabilities are actively managed and assume no action by management in response to
movements in the factor. Additionally, the financial position may vary at the time that any actual market movement occurs.
The impact on the measurement of various financial instruments held at reporting date of an instantaneous 10% depreciation of the
Australian dollar at reporting date compared with selected currencies, on profit before tax and equity, net of related derivatives, is
provided in the table below. An appreciation of the Australian dollar would have predominantly the opposite impact.
56 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
Equity holders' funds including related derivatives
United States dollar
British pound
Other currencies where considered significant
Net investments in foreign operations and related hedge arrangements
New Zealand dollar
British pound
Other currencies where considered significant
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
Impact to
profit
2012
$m
Impact to
profit
7
1
-
8
34
3
9
46
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
Impact
directly to
equity
2012
$m
Impact
directly to
equity
27
5
19
51
17
32
14
63
The sensitivity to currency fluctuations is mitigated by the extensive currency hedging measures. Refer to the derivatives note for
further details.
II. Interest rate risk
a. NATURE OF THE RISK AND HOW MANAGED
Interest rate risk is the risk of loss arising from an unfavourable movement in market interest rates. Fixed interest rate assets and
liabilities are exposed to changes in market value derived from mark-to-market revaluations. Financial assets and liabilities with
floating interest rates create exposure to cash flow volatility.
Interest rate risk arises primarily from investments in interest bearing securities. Interest bearing liabilities are exposed to interest rate
risk but as they are measured at amortised cost and are not traded they therefore do not expose the Group to fair value interest rate
risk. In addition, interest bearing liabilities bearing fixed interest rates (subject to some reset conditions) reduce the Group's exposure
to cash flow interest rate risk. Movements in market interest rates therefore impact the price of the securities (and hence their fair
value measurement) however have a limited effect on the contractual cash flows of the securities.
Exposure to interest rate risk is monitored through several measures that include Value At Risk analysis, position limits, scenario
testing, stress testing, and asset and liability matching using measures such as duration. Derivatives are used to manage interest rate
risk. The interest rate risk arising from money market securities is managed using interest rate swaps and futures. For information
regarding the notional contract amounts associated with these derivative financial instruments together with a maturity profile and
reporting date fair values refer to the derivatives note.
The underwriting of general insurance contracts creates exposure to the risk that interest rate movements may materially impact the
value of the insurance liabilities. Movements in interest rates should have minimal impact on the insurance profit due to the Group’s
policy of investing in assets backing insurance liabilities principally in fixed interest securities broadly matched to the expected
payment pattern of the insurance liabilities. Movements in investment income on assets backing insurance liabilities broadly offset
the impact of movements in discount rates on the insurance liabilities.
b. SENSITIVITY
The sensitivity analysis provided in the following table demonstrates the effect of a change in a key assumption while other
assumptions remain unchanged. In reality, there is a correlation between the assumptions and other factors. The sensitivities do not
include interdependencies among variables, but rather show isolated interest rate movements.
The investments in interest bearing securities are recognised on the balance sheet at fair value. Movements in market interest rates
impact the price of the securities (and hence their fair value measurement) and so would impact profit. The impact from the
measurement of the interest bearing securities held at reporting date of a change in interest rates at reporting date by +1% or -1% on
profit before tax, net of related derivatives, is shown in the table below.
57
Investments - interest bearing securities and related interest rate derivatives
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
Impact to
profit
(258)
276
2012
$m
Impact to
profit
(372)
399
+1%
-1%
The majority of the interest bearing securities are expected to be held to maturity and so movements in the fair value are expected to
reverse upon maturity of the instruments.
III. Price risk
a. NATURE OF THE RISK AND HOW MANAGED
Price risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices
(other than those arising from interest rate or currency risk), whether those changes are caused by factors specific to the individual
financial instrument or its issuer, or factors affecting all similar financial instruments traded on the market. The Group has exposure to
equity price risk.
The Group is exposed to equity price risk through its investment in equities (both directly and through certain trusts) and the use of
equity related derivative contracts.
Exposure to equity price risk is monitored through several measures that include Value At Risk analysis, position limits, scenario
testing, and stress testing. The exposure is actively managed against a broad equity market index utilising the experience of a small
number of external fund managers. For information regarding the notional contract amounts associated with these derivative financial
instruments together with a maturity profile and reporting date fair values refer to the derivatives note.
b. SENSITIVITY
The impact from the measurement of the investments held at reporting date of a change in equity values at reporting date by +10% or
-10% on profit before tax, net of related derivatives, is shown in the table below.
Investments – equity and trust securities, and related equity derivatives
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
114
(114)
2012
$m
100
(100)
+10%
-10%
All equity investments are measured at fair value through profit and loss and so there would be no direct impact to equity from those
movements.
B. CREDIT RISK
I. Nature of the risk and how managed
Credit risk is the risk of loss from a counterparty failing to meet their financial obligations. The Group credit risk arises predominantly
from investment activities, reinsurance activities and dealings with intermediaries. The Group has a Group Credit Risk Policy which is
approved by the IAG Board and complies with APRA’s guidance of credit risk management by licensed general insurers and insurance
groups. The policy outlines the framework and procedures in place to ensure an adequate and appropriate level of monitoring and
management of credit quality throughout the Group.
IAG Group Treasury is responsible for ensuring that the policies governing the management of credit quality risk are properly
implemented. The Group’s credit risk appetite relies heavily on credit rating agency research and is heavily weighted towards
counterparties of high quality investment grade. Any new or amended credit risk exposures must be approved in accordance with the
Group’s approval authority framework.
Concentrations of credit risk exist where a number of counterparties have similar economic characteristics. At the reporting date,
there are material concentrations of credit risk to the four major banks in Australia, and to reinsurers in relation to the reinsurance
recoverables. The level of reinsurance cover entered into with individual reinsurers is sufficiently diversified so as to avoid a
concentration charge in the regulatory capital calculation (refer to the capital management note).
II. Credit risk exposure
a. PREMIUM AND REINSURANCE RECOVERIES ON PAID CLAIMS RECEIVABLE
The maximum exposure to credit risk as at reporting date is the carrying amount of the receivables on the balance sheet.
An ageing analysis for certain receivables balances is provided here. The other trade debtors provision of $4 million (2011-$5 million)
represents specific provisions in an Australian subsidiary that relate to balances overdue more than one year. The other receivables
balances not included below have either no overdue amounts or an immaterial portion of overdue amounts. The amounts are aged
according to their original due date. Receivables for which repayment terms have been renegotiated represent an immaterial portion
of the balances.
58 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
Premium receivable
Provision for impairment - specific
Provision for impairment - collective
Net balance
Reinsurance recoveries on paid claims
Net balance
NOT OVERDUE
$m
2,042
-
(5)
2,037
36
36
<30 days
$m
30-120 days
$m
OVERDUE
>120 days
$m
221
(1)
(2)
218
17
17
230
(4)
(2)
224
11
11
44
(13)
(8)
23
2
2
TOTAL
$m
2,537
(18)
(17)
2,502
66
66
The majority of the premium receivable balance relates to policies which are paid on a monthly instalment basis. It is important to
note that the late payment of amounts due under such arrangements allows for the cancellation of the related insurance contract
eliminating both the credit risk and insurance risk for the unpaid amounts. Upon cancellation of a policy the outstanding premium
receivable and revenue is reversed.
The total provision for impairment at reporting date for receivables balances totalled $39 million (2011-$37 million). The net
movement in the aggregated provision for the current period was $2 million (2011-$4 million).
b. REINSURANCE RECOVERIES RECEIVABLE ON OUTSTANDING CLAIMS
Reinsurance arrangements mitigate insurance risk but expose the Group to credit risk. Reinsurance is placed with companies based
on an evaluation of the financial strength of the reinsurers, terms of coverage, and price. The Group has clearly defined credit policies
for the approval and management of credit risk in relation to reinsurers. The Consolidated entity monitors the financial condition of its
reinsurers on an ongoing basis and periodically reviews the reinsurers’ ability to fulfil their obligations to the Consolidated entity under
respective existing and future reinsurance contracts. Some of the reinsurers are domiciled outside of the jurisdictions in which the
Group operates and so there is the potential for additional risk such as country risk and transfer risk.
The level and quality of reinsurance protection is an important element in understanding the financial strength of an insurer. The
financial condition of a reinsurer is a critical deciding factor when entering into a reinsurance agreement. The longer the tail of the
direct insurance, the more important is the credit rating of the reinsurer.
It is Group policy to only deal with reinsurers with credit ratings of at least Standard & Poor’s BBB+ (or other rating agency equivalent)
without collateralisation. Exposure to individual BBB+ rated reinsurers is limited to approximately 1.25% of the capital base. Where
IAG acquires a business a transition period is used for implementation of this policy. Where the credit rating of a reinsurer falls below
the required quality during the period of risk, a contractual right to replace the counterparty exists. Some of the reinsurance protection
is purchased on a ‘collateralised’ basis, where reinsurers have deposited funds equivalent to their participation in a trust fund. The
counterparty credit profile of the catastrophe reinsurance program currently stands with more than 87% of the limit for the 2012
program with parties rated by Standard & Poor’s as A+ or better. For long-tail reinsurance arrangements 100% of the program is
placed with parties rated by Standard & Poor's as A+ or better.
Having reinsurance protection with strong reinsurers also benefits the Consolidated entity in its regulatory capital calculations. The
risk charges vary with the grade of the reinsurers such that higher credit quality reinsurance counterparties incur lower APRA
regulatory capital charges.
The following table provides information regarding the credit risk relating to the reinsurance recoveries receivable on the outstanding
claims balance, excluding other recoveries, based on Standard & Poor’s counterparty credit ratings. These rating allocations relate to
balances accumulated from reinsurance programs in place over a number of years and so will not necessarily align with the rating
allocations noted above for the current program.
CREDIT RATING
AAA
AA
A
BBB and below
Total
CONSOLIDATED
2011
%
1
36
61
2
100
2012
%
4
51
44
1
100
No separate provision for impairment has been recognised for the reinsurance recoveries on outstanding claims balance. The
actuarial estimates include a credit risk component in the underlying balance and therefore no separate provision is required.
Of these, approximately $1,135 million (2011-$290 million) is secured directly as follows, which reduces the credit risk:
deposits held in trust: $270 million (2011-$121 million);
letters of credit: $674 million (2011-$169 million); and
loss deposits: $191 million (2011-nil).
59
c. INVESTMENTS
The Group is exposed to credit risk from investments in third parties where the Group holds debt and similar securities issued by those
companies.
The credit risk relating to investments is monitored and assessed, and maximum exposures are limited. The maximum exposure to
credit risk loss as at reporting date is the carrying amount of the investments on the balance sheet as they are measured at fair value.
The investments comprising assets backing insurance liabilities are restricted to investment grade securities.
The following table provides information regarding the credit risk relating to the interest bearing investments based on Standard &
Poor’s counterparty credit ratings.
CREDIT RATING
AAA
AA
A
BBB and below
Total
CONSOLIDATED
2011
%
43
51
4
2
2012
%
41
45
12
2
100
100
C. LIQUIDITY RISK
I. Nature of the risk and how managed
Liquidity risk is concerned with the risk of there being insufficient cash resources to meet payment obligations without affecting the
daily operations or the financial condition of the Consolidated entity. Liquidity facilitates the ability to meet expected and unexpected
requirements for cash. The liquidity position is derived from operating cash flows, investment portfolios and reinsurance
arrangements.
Liquidity risk is concerned with the risk that sufficient cash resources will not be available to meet payment obligations as they become
due (without incurring significant additional costs). The liquidity position is derived from operating cash flows and access to liquidity
through related bodies corporate. The Company complies with the liquidity risk management policies of the Group. The policies
outline the framework and procedures in place to ensure an adequate and appropriate level of monitoring and management of
liquidity.
Underwriting insurance contracts expose the Group to liquidity risk through the obligation to make payments of unknown amount on
unknown dates. The assets backing insurance liabilities consist predominantly of government securities (the most liquid of securities)
and other very high quality securities which can generally be readily sold or exchanged for cash. The assets are managed so as to
broadly match the maturity profile of the assets with the expected pattern of claims payments. The debt securities are restricted to
investment grade securities with concentrations of investments managed by various criteria including: issuer, industry, geography and
credit rating.
An additional source of liquidity risk for the Group relates to interest bearing liabilities. The management of this risk includes the
issuance of a range of interest bearing liabilities denominated in different currencies with different maturities.
II. Liquidity risk exposure
a. OUTSTANDING CLAIMS LIABILITY AND INVESTMENTS
The breakdown of the fixed term investments are provided by contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from contractual
maturities because certain counterparties have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
A maturity analysis of the estimated net discounted outstanding claims liability based on the remaining term to payment at the
reporting date and the investments that have a fixed term is provided in the table below.
This maturity profile is a key tool used in the investment of assets backing insurance liabilities in accordance with the policy of broadly
matching the maturity profile of the assets with the estimated pattern of claims payments.
MATURITY ANALYSIS
Floating interest rate (at call)
Within 1 year or less
Within 1 to 2 years
Within 2 to 3 years
Within 3 to 4 years
Within 4 to 5 years
Over 5 years
Total
NET DISCOUNTED OUTSTANDING CLAIMS LIABILITY
2011
$m
-
2,479
1,108
999
693
401
1,199
6,879
2012
$m
-
2,503
1,451
933
711
484
1,699
7,781
2012
$m
1,043
3,195
2,515
2,209
600
1,281
840
11,683
INVESTMENTS
2011
$m
785
1,331
2,546
2,392
1,372
655
1,453
10,534
Timing of future claim payments are inherently uncertain. The table above represents estimated timing.
60 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
b. INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
The following table provides information about the residual maturity periods of the interest bearing liabilities of a capital nature based
on the contractual maturity dates of undiscounted cash flows. All of the liabilities have call or reset dates which occur prior to any
contractual maturity.
CARRYING
VALUE
MATURITY DATES OF CONTRACTUAL UNDISCOUNTED CASH
FLOWS
$m
927
727
900
463
Within 1
year 1 - 2 years 2 - 5 years
$m
$m
$m
Over 5
years
$m
Perpetual
$m
-
-
93
93
-
-
78
78
-
-
93
93
-
-
77
77
-
-
279
279
-
-
231
231
-
727
-
727
-
463
-
463
927
-
-
927
900
-
-
900
Total
$m
927
727
465
2,119
900
463
386
1,749
2012
Tier 1 regulatory capital(a)
Tier 2 regulatory capital(a)
Contractual undiscounted interest
payments(b)
Total contractual undiscounted payments
2011
Tier 1 regulatory capital(a)
Tier 2 regulatory capital(a)
Contractual undiscounted interest
payments(b)
Total contractual undiscounted payments
(a)
(b)
These liabilities have call or reset dates upon which certain terms, including the interest or distribution rate, can be changed or the security may be redeemed or
converted. The detailed descriptions of the instruments are provided in section B of the interest bearing liabilities note.
Contractual undiscounted interest payments are calculated based on underlying fixed interest rates or prevailing market floating rates as applicable at the reporting
date. Interest payments have not been included beyond five years. Reporting date exchange rates have been used for interest projections for liabilities in foreign
currencies.
NOTE 5. ANALYSIS OF INCOME
A. GENERAL INSURANCE REVENUE
Gross written premium
Movement in unearned premium liability
Premium revenue
Reinsurance and other recoveries revenue
Total general insurance revenue
B. INVESTMENT INCOME
Dividend revenue
Interest revenue
Trust revenue
Total investment revenue
Net change in fair value of investments
Realised net gains and (losses)
Unrealised net gains and (losses)
Total investment income
Represented by
Investment income on assets backing insurance liabilities
Investment income on equity holders’ funds
C. FEE AND OTHER INCOME
Fee based revenue
Other income
Total fee and other income
D. SHARE OF NET PROFIT/(LOSS) OF ASSOCIATES
Total income
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
8,992
(415)
8,577
1,664
10,241
8,050
(192)
7,858
3,404
11,262
32
598
10
640
283
122
1,045
944
101
1,045
39
595
19
653
168
(91)
730
508
222
730
201
52
253
(12)
11,527
204
60
264
(8)
12,248
61
NOTE 6. ANALYSIS OF EXPENSES
A. EXPENSES AS PRESENTED IN THE STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Outwards reinsurance premium expense
Claims expense
Acquisition costs
Other underwriting expenses
Fire services levies
Investment expenses on assets backing insurance liabilities
Finance costs
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in unitholders' funds
Fee based, corporate and other expenses
Total expenses
B. ANALYSIS OF EXPENSES BY FUNCTION
General insurance business expenses
Fee based business expenses
Investment and other expenses
Corporate and administration expenses
Total expenses
C. OTHER ITEMS
Disclosure of the following items is considered relevant in explaining the results for the financial
year:
I. Depreciation and amortisation
Acquired intangible assets
Capitalised software development expenditure
Property and equipment
II. Impairment charges
Goodwill
Acquired intangible assets
III. Employee benefits
Defined contribution superannuation plans
Defined benefit superannuation plans
Share based remuneration
Salaries and other employee benefits expense
IV. Transfers to provisions charged to profit or loss
Restructuring provision
V. Finance costs
Reset preference shares distributions paid/payable
Subordinated term notes interest paid/payable
Convertible preference share distributions paid/payable
Reset exchangeable securities interest paid/payable
Other debts of an operational nature, interest paid/payable
Amortisation of capitalised transaction costs
Subordinated bonds, interest paid/payable
VI. Other
Operating lease payments
Software research and development costs
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses
Liability adequacy test deficiency
Insurance Protection Tax levied by the NSW State Government
62 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
734
7,455
1,130
716
298
20
97
9
625
11,084
10,353
189
20
522
11,084
28
39
58
125
163
134
297
85
6
18
1,185
1,294
23
23
18
24
4
35
2
4
10
97
166
80
1
-
-
620
8,493
1,009
721
248
19
86
4
434
11,634
11,110
198
16
310
11,634
20
20
57
97
90
60
150
81
12
18
967
1,078
6
6
20
26
-
36
2
2
-
86
143
61
33
58
19
NOTE 7. INCOME TAX
A. INCOME TAX EXPENSE
Current tax
Deferred tax
(Over)/under provided in prior year
Income tax expense/(credit)
Deferred income tax expense/(credit) included in income tax comprises
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities
B. INCOME TAX RECONCILIATION
The income tax for the financial year differs from the amount calculated on the profit/(loss)
before income tax. The differences are reconciled as follows:
Profit/(loss) for the year before income tax
Income tax calculated at 30% (2011 - 30%)
Amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income
Rebateable dividends
Deferred tax asset on tax (profit)/loss (United Kingdom) not recognised in current year
Amortisation and impairment charge on acquired intangible assets and goodwill
Interest on reset convertible and preference shares
Other
Income tax expense/(credit) applicable to current year
Adjustment relating to prior year
Income tax expense/(credit) attributable to profit/(loss) for the year before impact of tax
consolidation
Income tax expense/(credit) attributable to profit/(loss) for the year after impact of tax
consolidation
C. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
I. Composition
a. AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN PROFIT
Property and equipment
Employee benefits
Insurance provisions
Investments
Provisions
Tax losses
b. AMOUNTS RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Defined benefit superannuation plans
Other
c. AMOUNTS SET-OFF AGAINST DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
II. Reconciliation of movements
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Credited/(charged) to profit or loss
Credited/(charged) to equity
Acquisitions
Transfers
Adjustments relating to prior year
Foreign exchange differences
Balance at the end of the financial year prior to set-off
III. Tax losses
The Consolidated entity has not recognised $203 million of United Kingdom tax losses (2011-$217 million).
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
241
(58)
(5)
178
(97)
39
(58)
443
133
(4)
(3)
93
6
(42)
183
(5)
178
178
57
64
114
16
13
211
475
36
1
512
(139)
373
400
97
22
(12)
(1)
4
2
512
338
(77)
15
276
(62)
(15)
(77)
614
184
(8)
50
51
6
(22)
261
15
276
276
44
63
119
13
7
139
385
14
1
400
(89)
311
347
62
1
-
(1)
(9)
-
400
63
D. DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
I. Composition
a. AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN PROFIT
Investments
Other
b. AMOUNTS RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Hedges
c. AMOUNTS SET-OFF AGAINST DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
II. Reconciliation of movements
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Charged/(credited) to profit or loss
Charged/(credited) to equity
Foreign exchange differences
Transfers
Adjustments relating to prior year
Balance at the end of the financial year prior to set-off
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
69
37
106
42
148
(139)
9
101
39
4
-
(1)
5
148
35
28
63
38
101
(89)
12
80
(15)
27
(3)
(1)
13
101
NOTE 8. SEGMENT REPORTING
The Consolidated entity has general insurance products in Australia, New Zealand, United Kingdom and Asia. In Australia, the financial
results are generated from three different divisions being Australia direct insurance, Australia intermediated insurance and Corporate
and other.
The Consolidated entity has identified its operating segments based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Chief
Executive Officer (being the chief operating decision maker) in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources.
The operating segments are identified by management based on the manner in which the insurance products are underwritten and the
related services provided to customers through the various distribution channels in various countries. Discrete financial information
about each of these operating segments is reported to the Chief Executive Officer on a monthly basis.
The reportable segments are based on aggregated operating segments as these are the source of the Consolidated entity’s major risks
and have the most effect on the rates of return.
The reportable segments comprise the following business divisions.
A. AUSTRALIA DIRECT INSURANCE
This segment comprises insurance products distributed through a network of branches, franchises and country service centres
throughout Australia as well as call centres and online facilities using predominantly the NRMA Insurance, SGIO and SGIC brands
as well as via a distribution relationship and underwriting joint venture with RACV Limited.
B. AUSTRALIA INTERMEDIATED INSURANCE
This segment comprises insurance products primarily sold under the CGU and Swann insurance brands through insurance
brokers, authorised representatives and distribution partners.
C. NEW ZEALAND INSURANCE
This segment comprises the general insurance business underwritten through subsidiaries in New Zealand. The insurance
products are predominantly sold directly to customers under the State and AMI insurance brands, and through intermediaries
such as brokers and agents using the NZI brand. Personal and commercial products are also distributed by corporate partners,
such as large financial institutions, using third party brands.
D. UNITED KINGDOM INSURANCE
This segment comprises the general insurance underwriting and broker distribution services operating through subsidiaries in the
United Kingdom. The underwriting business, Equity Red Star operates through a Lloyd’s syndicate.
E. ASIA INSURANCE
This segment comprises primarily the direct and intermediated insurance business underwritten through subsidiaries in Thailand
and the share of the operating result from the investment in associates in Malaysia, Vietnam, India and China. The businesses
offer personal and commercial insurance products through local brands.
64 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
F. CORPORATE AND OTHER
This segment comprises other activities, including corporate services, funding costs on the Group’s interest bearing liabilities,
inwards reinsurance from associates, investment management and investment of the equity holders’ funds. The results of the
run off of the Alba Group are also included in this segment.
There are no differences between the recognition and measurement criteria used in the segment disclosures and those used in the
financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED
2012
External revenue
Total revenue
Underwriting profit/(loss)
Investment income net of investment
fees - technical reserves
Insurance profit/(loss)
Investment income net of investment
fees - equity holders' funds
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Finance costs
Other net operating result
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit/(loss) for the year
Acquisitions of property and
equipment, intangibles and other non-
current segment assets
Depreciation expense
Amortisation and impairment charges
on acquired intangibles and goodwill
Total depreciation and amortisation
expense
Other non cash expenses
2011
External revenue
Total revenue
Underwriting profit/(loss)
Investment income net of investment
fees - technical reserves
Insurance profit/(loss)
Investment income net of investment
fees - equity holders' funds
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates
Finance costs
Other net operating result
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit/(loss) for the year
Acquisitions of property and
equipment, intangibles and other non-
current segment assets
Depreciation expense
Amortisation and impairment charges
on acquired intangibles and goodwill
Total depreciation and amortisation
expense
Other non cash expenses
AUSTRALIA
DIRECT
INSURANCE
$m
AUSTRALIA
INTER-
MEDIATED
INSURANCE
$m
NEW
ZEALAND
INSURANCE
$m
UNITED
KINGDOM
INSURANCE
$m
ASIA
INSURANCE
$m
CORPORATE
AND OTHER
$m
TOTAL
$m
5,028
5,028
20
524
544
-
-
-
-
544
-
30
8
38
30
4,528
4,528
421
281
702
-
-
-
-
702
-
31
10
41
26
3,390
3,390
(117)
1,732
1,732
93
375
258
-
(2)
-
13
269
-
9
9
18
11
3,112
3,112
(42)
182
140
-
1
-
3
144
-
4
8
12
3
10
103
-
-
-
2
105
-
6
15
21
4
3,308
3,308
(11)
14
3
-
-
-
1
4
-
5
2
7
8
737
737
(23)
10
(13)
-
1
-
(3)
(15)
-
2
332
334
-
817
817
(192)
11
(181)
-
-
-
2
(179)
-
3
170
173
2
533
533
(64)
5
(59)
-
(3)
-
-
(62)
-
1
-
1
-
107
107
11,527
11,527
(1)
-
(1)
89
(8)
(97)
(381)
(398)
406
10
-
10
7
(92)
924
832
89
(12)
(97)
(369)
443
(178)
265
406
58
364
422
52
233
233
250
250
12,248
12,248
(5)
1
(4)
-
(3)
-
-
(7)
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
213
(6)
(86)
(171)
(50)
144
12
-
12
4
171
489
660
213
(8)
(86)
(165)
614
(276)
338
144
57
190
247
43
65
NOTE 9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
A. REPORTING PERIOD VALUES
Basic earnings per ordinary share(a)
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
CONSOLIDATED
2011
cents
2012
cents
10.01
9.96
12.08
12.01
(a)
The basic earnings per ordinary share excludes the treasury shares held in trust from the denominator of the calculation, but includes earnings attributable to those
shares in the numerator, to comply with AASB 133 Earnings per Share. If the amounts relating to those shares are excluded from both the numerator and
denominator, the basic earnings per ordinary share for the current reporting period would be reduced to 9.96 cents (2011-12.01 cents).
B. RECONCILIATION OF EARNINGS USED IN CALCULATING EARNINGS PER SHARE
Profit/(loss) for the year
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the Parent which is used in calculating basic and
diluted earnings per share
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
265
(58)
207
338
(88)
250
2012
Number of
shares in
millions
CONSOLIDATED
2011
Number of
shares in
millions
C. RECONCILIATION OF WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES USED IN CALCULATING EARNINGS PER SHARE
Ordinary shares on issue
Treasury shares held in trust
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share
Weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares relating to
Unvested share based remuneration rights supported by treasury shares held in trust
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per
share
2,079
(12)
2,067
2,079
12
2,079
(12)
2,067
2,079
12
At 30 June 2012, the convertible preference shares are excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation as they are assessed
as anti-dilutive at reporting date.
NOTE 10. DIVIDENDS
A. ORDINARY SHARES
2012
2012 interim dividend
2011 final dividend
2011
2011 interim dividend
2010 final dividend
CENTS PER
SHARE
TOTAL
AMOUNT
$m
PAYMENT DATE
TAX RATE FOR
FRANKING
CREDIT
PERCENTAGE
FRANKED
5.0
7.0
9.0
4.5
104
146
250
187
94
281
4 April 2012
5 October 2011
11 April 2011
6 October 2010
30%
30%
30%
30%
100%
100%
100%
100%
It is standard practice that the IAG Board determines to pay the dividend for a period after the relevant reporting date. In accordance
with the relevant accounting policy (refer to section AC of the summary of significant accounting policies note) a dividend is not
accrued for until it is determined to pay and so the dividends for a period are generally recognised and measured in the financial
reporting period following the period to which the dividend relates.
The dividends recognised in the current reporting period include $2 million (2011-$1 million) paid in relation to treasury shares held in
trusts controlled by the Consolidated entity.
66 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
B. DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
A Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) operates which allows equity holders to elect to receive their dividend entitlement in the form of
IAG shares. The price of DRP shares is the average share market price, less a discount if any (determined by the directors) calculated
over the pricing period (which is at least five trading days) as determined by the directors for each dividend payment date.
The DRP for the 2012 interim dividend payable on 4 April 2012 was settled with the on market purchase of 7.1 million shares priced
at $3.3231 per share (based on a daily volume weighted average price for five trading days from 9 March 2012 to 15 March 2012
inclusive, with no discount applied).
The Company's DRP did not operate for the 2011 final dividend paid on 5 October 2011.
A copy of the terms and conditions for the DRP are available at www.iag.com.au/shareholder.
C. DIVIDEND NOT RECOGNISED AT REPORTING DATE
In addition to the above dividends, the IAG Board determined to pay the following dividend after the reporting date but before
finalisation of this financial report and it has not been recognised in this financial report.
2012 final dividend
CENTS PER
SHARE
12.0
TOTAL
AMOUNT
$m
249
EXPECTED
PAYMENT DATE
TAX RATE FOR
FRANKING
CREDIT
PERCENTAGE
FRANKED
3 October 2012
30%
100%
On 23 August 2012 the IAG Board determined the final dividend will be payable to shareholders on 3 October 2012.
The Company's DRP will operate by issuing ordinary shares to participants by acquiring shares on-market with an issue price per share
of the average market price as defined in the DRP terms with no discount applied. The last election notice for participation in the DRP
in relation to this final dividend is 5 September 2012.
D. HISTORICAL SUMMARY
The table below provides a historical summary of dividend payments (cents per share) aggregating dividends based on the financial
period for which they were declared and not the financial period in which they were recognised and paid.
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2003
4.5
7.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2004
8.0
14.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2005
12.0
14.5
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2006
13.5
16.0
12.5
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2007
13.5
16.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2008
13.5
9.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2009
4.0
6.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2010
8.5
4.5
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2011
9.0
7.0
-
YEAR
ENDED
30 JUNE
2012
5.0
12.0
-
Interim dividend
Final dividend
Special dividend
E. DIVIDEND POLICY
The Group's dividend policy is intended to pay dividends equivalent to 50%-70% of reported cash earnings on a full year basis. Cash
earnings are defined as:
net profit after tax attributable to IAG shareholders;
plus amortisation and impairment of acquired identifiable intangible assets; and
excluding any unusual items.
F. RESTRICTIONS THAT MAY LIMIT THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
There are currently no restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Parent other than:
the payment of dividends is subject to provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and IAG's constitution;
the payment of dividends generally being limited to profits subject to ongoing solvency obligations noting that under the APRA
Level 2 insurance group supervision requirements, IAG is required to obtain approval from APRA before payment of dividends on
ordinary shares that exceeds the Group’s after tax earnings as defined by APRA; and
no dividends can be paid and no returns of capital can be made on ordinary shares, if distributions are not paid on the convertible
preference shares or reset exchangeable securities or GBP subordinated exchangeable term notes, unless certain actions are
taken by IAG. For further details refer to the interest bearing liabilities note.
There are currently no restrictions on the payment of dividends from subsidiaries to the Parent other than:
the payment of dividends generally being limited to profits subject to ongoing solvency obligations of the subsidiary;
for certain subsidiaries which are required to meet the statutory reserve and regulatory minimum capital requirements. In
particular, APRA has advised Australian general insurers that a general insurer under its supervision must obtain approval from it
before declaring a dividend if the general insurer has incurred a loss, or proposes to pay dividends which exceed the level of
profits earned in the current period; and
the Lloyd's syndicate operations being subject to specific solvency calculation restrictions regarding the payment of distributions
from Funds at Lloyd's.
67
G. DIVIDEND FRANKING AMOUNT
Franking account balance at reporting date at 30%
Franking credits to arise from payment of income tax payable
Franking credits to arise from receipt of dividends receivable
Franking credits available for future reporting periods
Franking account impact of dividends determined before issuance of financial report but not
recognised at reporting date
Franking credits available for subsequent financial periods based on a tax rate of 30%
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
381
151
1
533
2012
$m
440
149
1
590
(107)
483
(62)
471
After payment of the final dividend the franking balance of the Company has $405 million franking credits available for subsequent
financial periods and is capable of fully franking a further $946 million of distributions.
The balance of the franking account arises from:
franked income received or recognised as a receivable at the reporting date;
income tax paid, after adjusting for any franking credits which will arise from the payment of income tax provided for in the
financial statements; and
franking debits from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date.
In accordance with the tax consolidation legislation, the consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the
Parent if distributable profits of non-wholly owned subsidiaries were paid as dividends.
All of the distributions paid in relation to the convertible preference shares and reset preference shares, and the interest payments in
relation to the reset exchangeable securities, for the financial year were fully franked at 30% (2011-fully franked at 30%).
NOTE 11. CLAIMS
A. NET CLAIMS EXPENSE IN THE STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Current year claims relate to claim events that occurred in the current financial year. Prior year claims relate to a reassessment of the
claim events that occurred in all previous financial periods.
Current year
$m
Prior years
$m
2012
Total Current year
$m
$m
CONSOLIDATED
2011
Total
$m
Prior years
$m
Gross claims - undiscounted
Discount
Gross claims - discounted
Reinsurance and other recoveries -
undiscounted
Discount
Reinsurance and other recoveries -
discounted
Net claims expense
6,952
(181)
6,771
(1,006)
19
(987)
5,784
79
605
684
(515)
(162)
(677)
7
7,031
424
7,455
(1,521)
(143)
(1,664)
5,791
9,315
(363)
8,952
(3,525)
152
(3,373)
5,579
(552)
199
(353)
(66)
(71)
(137)
(490)
8,763
(164)
8,599
(3,591)
81
(3,510)
5,089
68 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
B. OUTSTANDING CLAIMS LIABILITY RECOGNISED ON THE BALANCE SHEET
I. Composition of gross outstanding claims liability
Gross central estimate - undiscounted
Claims handling costs
Risk margin
Discount to present value
Gross outstanding claims liability - discounted
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
10,393
407
2,282
13,082
(1,373)
11,709
10,097
410
2,016
12,523
(1,634)
10,889
The outstanding claims liability includes $7,287 million (2011-$6,869 million) which is expected to be settled after more than 12
months from reporting date.
II. Reconciliation of movements in discounted outstanding claims liability
Reinsurance
and other
recoveries
$m
(4,010)
(544)
(1,127)
2,059
(209)
(43)
-
(10)
(44)
(3,928)
Gross
$m
10,889
310
6,406
(6,945)
739
234
(11)
34
53
11,709
2012
Net
$m
6,879
(234)
5,279
(4,886)
530
191
(11)
24
9
7,781
CONSOLIDATED
2011
Reinsurance
and other
recoveries
$m
(1,488)
(54)
(3,714)
1,354
(40)
(93)
-
-
25
(4,010)
Gross
$m
8,253
(214)
8,829
(6,244)
208
168
-
-
(111)
10,889
Net
$m
6,765
(268)
5,115
(4,890)
168
75
-
-
(86)
6,879
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Movement in the prior year central estimate
Current year claims incurred
Claims paid/recoveries received
Movement in discounting
Movement in risk margin
Disposed through sale of businesses
Additional through business acquisition
Net foreign currency movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
III. Maturity analysis
Refer to section C of the financial risk management note for details of the maturity profile of the estimated net discounted outstanding
claims liability based on the remaining term to payment at the reporting date.
IV. Development table
The following table shows the development of the net undiscounted ultimate claims for the ten most recent accident years and also
reconciliation to the net discounted outstanding claims liability.
69
2002
and
prior
$m
2003
$m
2004
$m
2005
$m
2006
$m
2007
$m
2008
$m
2009
$m
2010
$m
2011
$m
2012
$m
Total
$m
CONSOLIDATED
Accident year
3,341
3,164
3,089
NET ULTIMATE CLAIMS PAYMENTS
Development
At end of
accident year
One year later
Two years later
Three years
later
Four years later
Five years later
Six years later
Seven years
later
Eight years later
Nine years later
Current
estimate of net
ultimate claims
payments
3,058
3,004
3,011
3,005
2,992
2,990
2,985
5,047
4,819
4,880
4,493
4,468
4,367
4,533
4,562
4,498
4,490
4,507
4,464
4,455
4,434
4,413
4,567
4,532
4,496
4,502
4,432
4,358
3,945
3,872
3,798
3,806
3,793
3,768
3,748
3,591
3,544
3,513
3,468
3,434
3,382
3,357
3,349
3,481
3,315
3,342
3,325
3,309
3,298
3,271
3,266
3,254
Cumulative
payments made
to date
Net
undiscounted
outstanding
claims
payments
Discount to
present value
Net discounted
outstanding
claims
payments
2,985
3,254
3,349
3,748
4,358
4,413
4,490
4,367
4,880
5,047
(2,944)
(3,175)
(3,260)
(3,549)
(4,160)
(4,067)
(3,892)
(3,575)
(3,531)
(2,723)
607
41
79
89
199
198
346
598
792
1,349
2,324
6,622
(119)
(5)
(12)
(11)
(23)
(17)
(30)
(48)
(67)
(97)
(131)
(560)
488
36
67
78
176
181
316
550
725
1,252
2,193
6,062
Reconciliation
Claims handling costs
Risk margin
Net outstanding claims liability
370
1,349
7,781
Conditions and trends that have affected the development of the liabilities in the past may or may not occur in the future, and
accordingly conclusions about future results may not necessarily be derived from the information presented in the tables above.
The development table shown above relates to both short-tail and long-tail claims.
Where an entity or business that includes an outstanding claims liability has been acquired the claims expenses for the acquired
businesses are included in the claims development table from and including the year of acquisition.
The gross outstanding claims liability includes international operations. For ease of comparison within the claims development table,
all payments not denominated in Australian dollars have been converted to Australian dollars using the exchange rates as at the
reporting date. Therefore the claims development table disclosed each period cannot be reconciled directly to the equivalent tables
presented in previous periods.
V. Central estimate and risk margin
a. REPORTING DATE VALUES
The percentage risk margin applied to the net outstanding claims liability
The probability of adequacy of the risk margin
70 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
CONSOLIDATED
2011
%
20.6
2012
%
21.0
90
90
b. PROCESS
The outstanding claims liability is determined based on three building blocks being:
a central estimate of the future cash flows;
discounting for the effect of the time value of money; and
a risk margin for uncertainty.
i. Future cash flows
The estimation of the outstanding claims liability is based on a variety of actuarial techniques that analyse experience, trends and
other relevant factors. The expected future payments include those in relation to claims reported but not yet paid or not yet paid in full,
claims incurred but not enough reported (IBNER), claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) and the anticipated direct and indirect
claims handling costs.
The estimation process involves using the Consolidated entity’s specific data, relevant industry data and more general economic data.
Each class of business is usually examined separately and the process involves consideration of a large number of factors. These
factors may include the risks to which the business is exposed at a point in time, claim frequencies and average claim sizes, historical
trends in the incidence and development of claims reported and finalised, legal, social and economic factors that may impact upon
each class of business, the key actuarial assumptions set out in section VI and the impact of reinsurance and other recoveries.
Different actuarial valuation models are used for different claims types and lines of business. The selection of the appropriate
actuarial model takes into account the characteristics of a claim type and class of business and the extent of the development of each
past accident period.
ii. Discounting
Projected future claims payments, both gross and net of reinsurance and other recoveries, and associated claims handling costs are
discounted to a present value using appropriate risk free discount rates.
iii. Risk margin
The central estimate of the outstanding claims liability is an estimate which is intended to contain no deliberate or conscious over or
under estimation and is commonly described as providing the mean of the distribution of future cash flows. It is considered
appropriate to add a risk margin to the central estimate in order for the claims liability to have an increased probability of sufficiency.
The risk margin refers to the amount by which the liability recognised in the financial statements is greater than the actuarial central
estimate of the liability.
Uncertainties surrounding the outstanding claims liability estimation process include those relating to the data, actuarial models and
assumptions, the statistical uncertainty associated with a general insurance claims runoff process, and risks external to IAG, for
example the impact of future legislative reform. Uncertainty from these sources is examined for each class of business and expressed
as a volatility measure relative to the net central estimate. The volatility measure for each class is derived after consideration of
statistical modelling and benchmarking to industry analysis. Certain product classes may be subject to the emergence of new types of
latent claims and such uncertainties are considered when setting the volatility, and hence the risk margin appropriate for those
classes.
The measure of the volatility is referred to as the coefficients of variation (CoV). The CoV is defined as the standard deviation of the
distribution of future cash flows divided by the mean.
The long-tail classes of business generally have the highest volatilities for outstanding claims as the longer average time for claims to
be reported and settled allows more time for sources of uncertainty to emerge. Short-tail classes generally have lower levels of
volatility for outstanding claims.
The risk margin required to provide a given probability of adequacy for two or more classes of business or for two or more geographic
locations combined is likely to be less than the sum of the risk margins for the individual classes. This reflects the benefit of
diversification.
The measure of the parameter used to derive the diversification benefit is referred to as correlation. The higher the correlation
between two classes of business, the more likely it is that a negative outcome in one class will correspond to a negative outcome in
the other class. The correlations are adopted with regard to industry analysis, historical experience and the judgement of experienced
and qualified actuaries.
The determination of the overall risk margin takes into account the volatility of each class of business and the correlations between
the lines of business. The current risk margin, which has been determined after assessing the inherent uncertainty in the central
estimate and the prevailing market environment, results in an overall probability of adequacy for the outstanding claims liability of 90%
(2011-90%).
71
VI. Actuarial assumptions
The following ranges of key actuarial assumptions were used in the measurement of outstanding claims and recoveries, where
appropriate, at the reporting date, within the operating segments.
ASSUMPTION
2012
Discounted average term to settlement
Inflation rate
Superimposed inflation rate
Discount rate
Claims handling costs ratio
2011
Discounted average term to settlement
Inflation rate
Superimposed inflation rate
Discount rate
Claims handling costs ratio
AUSTRALIA
DIRECT
INSURANCE
AUSTRALIA
INTERMEDIATE
D INSURANCE
NEW ZEALAND
INSURANCE
UNITED
KINGDOM
INSURANCE
CONSOLIDATED
ASIA
INSURANCE
0.4 years
0.0%-4.0%
0.0%
0.0%
2.1%
0.6 years
2.6%
0.0%
2.4%-2.5%
4.2%
2.0 years
4.0%-5.0%
0.0%-10.0%
0.1%-4.5%
1.8%
2.2 years
2.9%
0.0%
2.7%-3.8%
4.1%
1.8 years
4.0%-5.0%
0.0%-10.0%
0.6%-4.4%
2.2%
0.5 years
0.0%-3.5%
0.0%
0.0%
3.1%
3.2 years
3.0%-4.0%
0.0%-5.0%
2.4%-4.1%
4.5%
2.7 years
3.3%-4.0%
0.0%-4.0%
4.5%-6.5%
4.6%
5.2 years
2.8%-4.8%
0.0%-8.0%
2.4%-4.8%
6.0%
4.6 years
2.8%-4.8%
0.0%-8.0%
4.8%-5.7%
5.3%
a. PROCESS USED TO DETERMINE ASSUMPTIONS
i. Discounted average term to settlement
The discounted average term to settlement relates to the expected payment pattern for claims (inflated and discounted). It is
calculated by class of business and is generally based on historic settlement patterns. The discounted average term to settlement,
while not itself an assumption, provides a summary indication of the future cash flow pattern.
ii. Inflation rate
Insurance costs are subject to inflationary pressures. Economic inflation assumptions are set by reference to current economic
indicators.
iii. Superimposed inflation rate
Superimposed inflation occurs due to non-economic effects such as the cost of court settlements increasing at a faster rate than the
economic inflation rate utilised. An allowance for superimposed inflation is made for each underlying model, where appropriate, after
considering the historical levels of superimposed inflation present in the portfolio, projected future superimposed inflation and industry
superimposed inflation trends.
iv. Discount rate
The discount rate is derived from market yields on government securities.
v. Claims handling costs ratio
The future claims handling costs ratio is generally calculated with reference to the historical experience of claims handling costs as a
percentage of past payments.
VII. The effect of changes in assumptions
a. GENERAL IMPACT OF CHANGES
i. Discounted average term to settlement
A decrease in the discounted average term to settlement would reflect claims being paid sooner than anticipated and so increase the
claims expense. Note that this sensitivity test only extends or shortens the term of the payments assumed in the valuation, without
changing the total nominal amount of the payments.
ii. Inflation and superimposed inflation rates
Expected future payments are inflated to take account of inflationary increases. An increase or decrease in the assumed levels of
either economic or superimposed inflation will have a corresponding decrease or increase on profit and loss.
iii. Discount rate
The outstanding claims liability is calculated by reference to expected future payments. These payments are discounted to adjust for
the time value of money. An increase or decrease in the assumed discount rate will have a corresponding increase or decrease on
profit and loss.
iv. Claims handling costs ratio
An increase in the ratio reflects an increase in the estimate for the internal costs of administering claims. An increase or decrease in
the ratio assumption will have a corresponding decrease or increase on profit and loss.
b. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS OF CHANGES
The impact on the profit or loss before income tax to changes in key actuarial assumptions is summarised below. Each change has
been calculated in isolation of the other changes and is net of reinsurance recoveries.
72 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
The movements are stated in absolute terms where the base assumption is a percentage, for example, if the base inflation rate
assumption was 3.5%, a 1% increase would mean assuming a 4.5% inflation rate.
ASSUMPTION
CONSOLIDATED
Movement in
assumption
Australia direct
insurance
$m
Australia
intermediated
insurance
$m
New Zealand
insurance
$m
United Kingdom
insurance
$m
Asia insurance
$m
2012
Discounted average
term to settlement
Inflation rate
Discount rate
Claims handling costs
ratio
2011
Discounted average
term to settlement
Inflation rate
Discount rate
Claims handling costs
ratio
+10%
-10%
+1%
-1%
+1%
-1%
+1%
-1%
+10%
-10%
+1%
-1%
+1%
-1%
+1%
-1%
(41)
41
128
(121)
(121)
131
49
(49)
(67)
64
92
(88)
(86)
92
42
(42)
(64)
63
138
(122)
(121)
140
35
(35)
(81)
83
113
(101)
(98)
112
34
(34)
(1)
1
5
(5)
(5)
5
4
(4)
(11)
10
10
(10)
(18)
19
3
(3)
(1)
1
8
(8)
(8)
5
8
(8)
(2)
2
9
(9)
(8)
8
8
(8)
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
(1)
NOTE 12. REINSURANCE AND OTHER RECOVERIES ON OUTSTANDING CLAIMS
A. REINSURANCE AND OTHER RECOVERIES RECEIVABLE ON OUTSTANDING CLAIMS
Expected reinsurance and other recoveries receivable on outstanding claims - undiscounted
Discount to present value
Expected reinsurance and other recoveries receivable on outstanding claims - discounted
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
4,265
(337)
3,928
4,554
(544)
4,010
The carrying value of reinsurance recoveries and other recoveries includes $2,009 million (2011-$2,470 million) which is expected to
be settled more than 12 months from the reporting date.
B. ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
The measurement of reinsurance and other recoveries on outstanding claims is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates.
The amounts are generally calculated using actuarial assumptions and methods similar to those used for the outstanding claims
liability (refer to section VI of the claims note).
Where possible, the valuation of reinsurance recoveries is linked directly to the valuation of the gross outstanding claims liability.
Accordingly, the valuation of outstanding reinsurance recoveries is subject to similar risks and uncertainties as the valuation of the
outstanding claims liability. Significant individual losses (for example those relating to catastrophe events) are analysed on a case by
case basis for reinsurance purposes.
C. THE EFFECT OF CHANGES IN ASSUMPTIONS
The effect of changes in assumptions on the net outstanding claims liability, which incorporates the reinsurance recoveries on
outstanding claims and other recoveries receivable, is disclosed in the claims note.
73
NOTE 13. DEFERRED INSURANCE ASSETS
A. DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Reconciliation of movements
Deferred acquisition costs at the beginning of the financial year
Acquisition costs deferred during the year
Amortisation charged to profit for the year
Write down for liability adequacy test
Addition through business acquisition
Net foreign exchange movements
Deferred acquisition costs at the end of the financial year
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
683
1,197
(1,130)
-
-
3
753
688
1,022
(951)
(58)
2
(20)
683
The carrying value of deferred acquisition costs includes $65 million (2011-$48 million) which is expected to be amortised more than
12 months from reporting date.
B. DEFERRED OUTWARDS REINSURANCE EXPENSE
Reconciliation of movements
Deferred outwards reinsurance expense at the beginning of the financial year
Reinsurance expenses deferred
Amortisation charged to profit
Addition through business acquisition
Net foreign exchange movements
Deferred outwards reinsurance expense at the end of financial year
371
850
(734)
5
1
493
258
743
(620)
-
(10)
371
The carrying value of deferred outwards reinsurance expense includes $12 million (2011-$12 million) which is expected to be
amortised more than 12 months from reporting date.
NOTE 14. UNEARNED PREMIUM LIABILITY
A. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS
Unearned premium liability at the beginning of the financial year
Deferral of premiums on contracts written
Earning of premiums written in previous financial years
Addition through business acquisition
Net foreign exchange movements
Unearned premium liability at the end of the financial year
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
4,355
4,658
(4,243)
154
18
4,942
4,207
4,277
(4,085)
49
(93)
4,355
The carrying value of unearned premium liability includes $151 million (2011-$112 million) which is expected to be earned more than
12 months from reporting date.
B. LIABILITY ADEQUACY TEST
The liability adequacy test has been conducted using the central estimate of the premium liabilities calculated for reporting to APRA
(refer to the capital management note), adjusted as appropriate, together with an appropriate margin for uncertainty for each portfolio
of contracts, being Australia direct insurance, Australia intermediated insurance, New Zealand insurance, United Kingdom insurance
and Asia insurance. The test is based on prospective information and so is heavily dependent on assumptions and judgements.
The liability adequacy test at reporting date resulted in a surplus for the Group (2011 - surplus for each portfolio or contract except for
the United Kingdom insurance portfolio for which additional information is provided in the table below).
74 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
Unearned premium liability
Deferred acquisition costs
Related reinsurance asset
Central estimate of present value of expected future cash flows from future claims
Present value of expected future cash inflows arising from reinsurance recoveries on future claims
Risk margin
Net surplus/(deficiency)
Risk margin percentage
Probability of adequacy
Net deficiency recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
Write down of deferred acquisition costs *
2011
United
Kingdom
insurance Consolidated
$m
$m
260
(59)
(9)
192
196
(1)
15
210
(18)
6.9%
68.0%
(58)
(58)
3,878
(811)
148
3,215
4.8%
63.7%
*
The write down of deferred acquisition costs of $58 million represents the total impairment charge recognised in the underwriting results of the United Kingdom
insurance segment for the 2011 financial year. At 31 December 2010, a $40 million impairment charge was recognised. A further $18 million impairment charge was
recognised as a result of a shortfall in the United Kingdom insurance segment liability adequacy test as at 30 June 2011.
The risk margin used in testing individual portfolios is determined based on an assessment of the recent historical experience in
relation to the volatility of the insurance margin for each portfolio of contracts together with an allocation of group diversification.
Hence the risk margin applied for the purposes of the liability adequacy test has been determined using a different methodology to
that used for the determination of the risk margin for the outstanding claims liability. The probability of adequacy represented by the
liability adequacy test also differs from the probability of adequacy represented by the outstanding claims liability. The reason for
these differences is; the former is in effect an impairment test used only to test the sufficiency of net premium liabilities whereas the
latter is a measurement accounting policy used in determining the carrying value of the outstanding claims liability.
NOTE 15. INVESTMENTS
A. COMPOSITION
I. Interest bearing investments
Cash and short term money held for investment
Government and semi-government bonds
Corporate bonds and notes
Subordinated debt
Fixed interest trusts
Other
II. Equity investments
a. DIRECT EQUITIES
Listed
Unlisted
b. EQUITY TRUSTS (INCLUDING PROPERTY TRUSTS)
Listed
Unlisted
III. Other investments
Other trusts
IV. Derivatives
Equity risk derivatives
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
1,097
3,841
5,162
787
41
755
11,683
596
176
32
326
1,130
127
127
823
3,363
4,679
927
36
706
10,534
647
167
27
413
1,254
100
100
13
13
12,953
5
5
11,893
The investments balance includes Funds at Lloyd's of $208 million at the current reporting date (2011-$75 million) which are subject
to certain restrictions.
75
B. DETERMINATION OF FAIR VALUE
The table below separates the total investments balance based on a hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in the
determination of fair value. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:
I. Level 1 quoted prices
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities are used.
II. Level 2 other observable inputs
Inputs that are observable (other than Level 1 quoted prices) for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e.
derived from prices) are used.
III. Level 3 unobservable inputs
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) are used. The assets are
effectively marked to model rather than marked to market. Reasonable changes in the judgement applied in conducting these
valuations would not have a significant impact on the balance sheet.
Where the determination of fair value for an instrument involves inputs from more than one category, the level within which the
instrument is categorised in its entirety is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
LEVEL 1
$m
LEVEL 2
$m
LEVEL 3
$m
CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
$m
2012
Interest bearing investments
Equity investments
Other investments
Derivatives
2011
Interest bearing investments
Equity investments
Other investments
Derivatives
NOTE 16. RECEIVABLES
A. COMPOSITION
I. Premium receivable
Premium receivable
Provision for impairment
Premium receivable
II. Trade and other receivables
Reinsurance recoveries on paid claims
Other trade debtors
Provision for impairment
Investment income receivable
Investment transactions not yet settled at reporting date
Corporate treasury derivatives receivable
Other debtors
Trade and other receivables
5,966
627
7
4
6,604
4,829
678
6
5
5,518
5,717
332
120
9
6,178
5,704
348
-
-
6,052
-
171
-
-
171
1
228
94
-
323
11,683
1,130
127
13
12,953
10,534
1,254
100
5
11,893
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
2,537
(35)
2,502
66
127
(5)
122
124
59
15
63
449
2,951
2,113
(32)
2,081
155
199
(5)
194
131
18
7
55
560
2,641
The Consolidated entity had a receivable at reporting date of $84 million (2011-$150 million) included in other trade debtors. The
receivable is part of the adverse development cover (ADC) purchased following the United Kingdom claim reserve strengthening in
2010. This reinsurance provides the Group with significant protection against any further adverse development of the United Kingdom
motor portfolio for the underwriting years ended 31 December 2010 and prior. The balance is predominantly secured by a letter of
credit. It is anticipated the deposit will be recovered through settlement of the ADC.
76 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
The receivables are non interest bearing and are normally settled between 30 days and 12 months. The balance has not been
discounted, except the ADC receivable, because the effect of the time value of money is not material. The net carrying amount of
receivables is a reasonable approximation of the fair value of the assets because of the short term nature of the assets.
NOTE 17. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Land and buildings
$m
Motor vehicles
$m
Other equipment
$m
CONSOLIDATED
Total
$m
2012
A. COMPOSITION
At cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net foreign exchange movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
2012
B. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS
Balance at the beginning of the financial
year
Additions
Disposals
Additions through business combination
Depreciation
Net foreign exchange movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
2011
C. COMPOSITION OF COMPARATIVES
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net foreign exchange movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
216
(67)
(2)
147
156
9
(3)
-
(15)
-
147
210
(52)
(2)
156
69
(30)
-
39
39
17
(8)
2
(11)
-
39
67
(28)
-
39
367
(278)
(1)
88
89
32
(6)
4
(32)
1
88
361
(270)
(2)
89
652
(375)
(3)
274
284
58
(17)
6
(58)
1
274
638
(350)
(4)
284
D. DEPRECIATION RATES
1.5%-5%
12.5%-33%
6.67%-50%
The net carrying amount of all classes of property and equipment is considered a reasonable approximation of the fair value of the
assets in the context of the financial statements. There are no items of property and equipment pledged as security for liabilities. The
depreciation expense amounts are allocated across various lines in the statement of comprehensive income.
77
NOTE 18. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
CONSOLIDATED
Software
development
expenditure
$m
Lloyd's
syndicate
capacity
$m
Distribution
channels
$m
Customer
relationships
$m
Other
contractual
arrangements
$m
Brands
$m
2012
A. COMPOSITION
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Accumulated impairment
Net foreign exchange
movements
Balance at the end of the
financial year
2012
B. RECONCILIATION OF
MOVEMENTS
Balance at the beginning of
the financial year
Additions acquired and
developed
Addition through business
acquisition
Disposal through sale of
business
Amortisation
Impairment
Net foreign exchange
movements
Balance at the end of the
financial year
2011
C. COMPOSITION OF
COMPARATIVES
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Accumulated impairment
Net foreign exchange
movements
Balance at the end of the
financial year
403
(258)
(7)
(16)
122
54
95
14
(3)
(39)
-
1
122
297
(219)
(7)
(17)
54
D. AMORTISATION RATES
33.33%
138
-
(87)
(51)
-
74
-
-
-
-
(76)
2
-
138
-
(11)
(53)
74
n/a
290
(86)
(113)
(72)
19
47
6
-
-
(7)
(29)
2
19
284
(79)
(84)
(74)
47
138
(44)
(30)
(23)
41
24
-
33
(4)
(7)
(5)
-
41
109
(37)
(25)
(23)
24
10% 12.5%-35%
120
(21)
(33)
(38)
28
26
-
28
-
(2)
(24)
-
28
92
(19)
(9)
(38)
26
n/a
32
(15)
(1)
(1)
15
-
-
27
-
(12)
-
-
15
5
(3)
(1)
(1)
-
100%
Total
$m
1,121
(424)
(271)
(201)
225
225
101
102
(7)
(67)
(134)
5
225
925
(357)
(137)
(206)
225
E. EXPLANATORY NOTES FOR INTANGIBLE ASSETS
I. Software development expenditure
The software development expenditure asset comprises both internally generated assets and acquired assets.
II. Acquired intangible assets
All of the intangible assets, other than the capitalised software development expenditure intangible asset, have been acquired. With
the exception of the Lloyd’s syndicate capacity and the AMI brand asset, each of the acquired intangible assets has a finite useful life.
The amortisation of the acquired intangible assets forms part of fee based, corporate and other expenses in the statement of
comprehensive income. A broad description of the nature of each of the significant intangible assets is provided here.
a. LLOYD'S SYNDICATE CAPACITY
The Lloyd’s syndicate capacity was allocated to the United Kingdom cash generating unit. The syndicate capacity was acquired as part
of the acquisition of Equity Insurance Group in 2007 which at acquisition date held 64.02% of the capacity of Syndicate 218. The
syndicate capacity was categorised as an indefinite life asset on the basis that there was no foreseeable limit to the period over which
the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the United Kingdom cash generating unit.
78 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
b. BRANDS
This represents the revenue generating value of the acquired brand and is determined using the relief from royalty method. The AMI
brand is recognised as having an indefinite useful life as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to
generate net cash flows. This asset is not subject to amortisation but is subject to impairment testing annually or more frequently
when indicators of impairment are identified. The original useful life of the Equity brand was 15 years with 9.5 years remaining at the
balance date.
c. CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
This represents the present value of future profits expected to arise from existing customer relationships (developed prior to
acquisition). The assumptions for the useful life and attrition rates for the existing customer base is determined based on historical
information of the business.
d. DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
The value of the distribution channels is in the future revenue expected to be generated as a result of the existing relationships with
the broker networks and affinity accounts.
e. OTHER CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS
This represents the value of in-force customer contracts. The basis of determination is expected profit emerging from in-force business
as it is earned.
F. IMPAIRMENT TESTING
For each category an impairment trigger review was conducted and where necessary the recoverable amount of particular assets
determined.
I. Impairment testing results for 2012
On 17 May 2012, the Group announced a strategic review of the IAG United Kingdom business. Accordingly, the key assumptions
underpinning the United Kingdom intangible asset valuations were reassessed.
During the financial year the following United Kingdom business intangible assets were fully impaired:
Lloyd's syndicate capacity - $76 million impairment (2011-nil)
Equity insurance brands - $24 million impairment (2011-nil)
Equity broker distribution channels - $29 million (2011-$60 million)
Customer relationships - $5 million (2011-nil)
II. Impairment testing results for 2011
During the year ended 30 June 2011, the following acquired intangible asset was impaired.
a. EQUITY BROKER DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS
An impairment charge of $60 million was recognised in the United Kingdom insurance segment due to the cessation of broker
relationships and lower forecast profitability.
NOTE 19. GOODWILL
A. COMPOSITION
Goodwill
Accumulated impairment charges
Net foreign exchange movements
B. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Additional amounts arising from business combinations
Disposed through sale of businesses
Impairment charge
Net foreign exchange movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
2,302
(421)
(256)
1,625
1,644
139
(4)
(163)
9
1,625
2,167
(258)
(265)
1,644
1,782
13
-
(90)
(61)
1,644
79
C. ALLOCATION TO CASH GENERATING UNITS
Australia direct insurance operations
Australia intermediated insurance operations
New Zealand insurance operations
Asia insurance operations
United Kingdom insurance operations
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
582
580
274
45
163
1,644
2012
$m
582
584
413
46
-
1,625
As the Group incorporates businesses into the Group and/or reorganises the way businesses are managed, reporting structures may
change requiring a reconsideration of the identification of the cash generating units.
The goodwill relating to certain acquisitions outside Australia is denominated in currencies other than Australian dollars and so is
subject to foreign exchange rate movements.
D. IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENT
The impairment testing of goodwill involves the use of accounting estimates and assumptions. The recoverable amount of each cash
generating unit is determined on the basis of value in use calculations. The value in use is calculated using a discounted cash flow
methodology covering a five or 10 year period with an appropriate terminal value at the end of year five or 10 for each cash generating
unit. The carrying value of identified intangible assets is deducted from the value generated from the cash flow projections to arrive at
a recoverable value for goodwill which is then compared with the carrying value of goodwill.
I. Assumptions used
The following describes the key assumptions on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake impairment
testing of goodwill.
a. CASH FLOW FORECASTS
Cash flow forecasts are based on five year valuation forecasts for growth and profitability. Ten year periods are only used in emerging
markets, to enable appropriate phasing to terminal values.
b. TERMINAL VALUE
Terminal value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash flow forecast for year five or 10, terminal growth rate
in profit or premium and, where appropriate, terminal insurance margin. Terminal growth rates and insurance margins are based on
past performance and management's expectations for future performance in each segment and country. The terminal growth rate
assumptions used in the Group's impairment assessment as at 30 June 2012 range from 3.0% to 5.0%.
c. DISCOUNT RATE
Discount rates reflect a beta and equity risk premium appropriate to the Group, with risk adjustments for individual segments and
countries where applicable. Discount rates used are pre tax and range from 13.2% to 14.6% (equivalent to 10.2% and 11.2% on a
post tax basis).
II. Impairment testing results for current period
On 17 May 2012, the Group announced a strategic review of the IAG United Kingdom business. Accordingly, the key assumptions
underpinning goodwill asset valuations were reassessed. During the financial year the $163 million United Kingdom goodwill was fully
impaired (2011-$90 million).
NOTE 20. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
A. COMPOSITION
I. Trade creditors
Commissions payable
Stamp duty payable
GST payable on premium receivable
Other
II. Other payables
Other creditors and accruals
Investment creditors
Interest payable on interest bearing liabilities
80 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
155
94
113
365
727
383
10
15
1,135
118
83
86
191
478
329
8
11
826
The Consolidated entity had a payable at reporting date of $191 million (2011- nil) included in other trade creditors. The payable is
part of reinsurance collateral arrangements with various reinsurers to secure the group reinsurance recoveries. It is anticipated that
the payable will reduce through the settlement of the reinsurance recoveries.
Trade and other payables are unsecured, non interest bearing and are normally settled within 30 days. Amounts have not been
discounted because the effect of the time value of money is not material. The carrying amount of payables is a reasonable
approximation of the fair value of the liabilities because of the short term nature of the liabilities.
NOTE 21. RESTRUCTURING PROVISION
A. COMPOSITION
Restructuring provision
B. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Additions
Settled
Remeasurement of provisions
Balance at the end of the financial year
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
20
20
10
23
(11)
(2)
20
10
10
21
6
(16)
(1)
10
All of the provision outstanding at the reporting date is expected to be settled within 12 months (2011–all). The balance has not been
discounted.
NOTE 22. INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
A. COMPOSITION
I. Capital nature
a. TIER 1 REGULATORY CAPITAL*
Convertible preference shares
Reset preference shares
Reset exchangeable securities
b. TIER 2 REGULATORY CAPITAL
GBP subordinated term notes
NZD subordinated term notes
GBP subordinated exchangeable term notes
NZD subordinated bonds
II. Operational nature
Other interest bearing liabilities
Less: capitalised transaction costs
Section
B. I
B. II
B. III
B. IV
B. V
B. VI
B. VII
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
377
-
550
155
78
241
254
-
350
550
151
77
235
-
22
(18)
1,659
16
(2)
1,377
*
These instruments are eligible for recognition as Tier 1 capital. A portion may be reclassified as Tier 2 capital to the extent the amount on issue is in excess of APRA's
Tier 1 limits.
B. SIGNIFICANT TERMS AND CONDITIONS
I. Convertible preference shares
The convertible preference shares (CPS) have a face value of $377 million and were issued by the Company.
Key terms and conditions:
Non-cumulative floating rate distribution payable semi annually, the payments are expected to be fully franked.
Distribution rate equals the sum of six month bank bill rate plus CPS margin of 4.00% per annum multiplied by (1 – tax rate).
Payments of distributions can only be made subject to meeting certain conditions. If no distribution is made, no dividends can be
paid and no returns of capital can be made on ordinary shares until the next CPS dividend payment date.
The CPS are scheduled for conversion on 1 May 2019 provided the mandatory conversion conditions are satisfied.
IAG may exchange or redeem CPS on the exchange date, or upon occurrence of certain events, subject to APRA approval. The
first optional exchange date is 1 May 2017.
The CPS must be converted into ordinary shares upon request by APRA on occurrence of a non-viability trigger event.
A non-viability trigger event occurs where APRA determines that CPS must be converted because without conversion or a public
sector injection of capital or equivalent support IAG would become, in APRA’s opinion, non-viable.
The CPS rank in priority to ordinary shares for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
81
II. Reset preference shares
The reset preference shares (RPS) had a face value of $350 million and were issued by the Company.
In accordance with the RPS terms of issue, the issuer exercised its option to buy back all outstanding RPS on issue for $100 per share
on the reset date 15 June 2012 . The registered holders were paid a fully franked final dividend of $2.8227. The last trading day for
RPS was 23 May 2012.
III. Reset exchangeable securities
The reset exchangeable securities (RES) have a face value of $550 million and were issued at par by IAG Finance (New Zealand)
Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Key terms and conditions:
Non-cumulative floating rate distribution payable quarterly, and expected to be fully franked.
Distribution rate equals the sum of the three month bank bill rate plus RES margin of 4.00% per annum multiplied by (1 – tax
rate).
Payments of distributions can only be made subject to meeting certain conditions. If no distribution is made, no dividends can be
paid and no returns of capital can be made on ordinary shares unless IAG takes certain actions.
The RES may be exchanged by IAG or the holder on a reset date, or upon certain events. The next reset date for the RES is 16
December 2019. On exchange, IAG may convert RES into ordinary shares, arrange a third party to acquire RES for their face
value or redeem RES for their face value (subject to APRA approval).
The RES convert into ordinary shares which would rank equally in all respects with all other ordinary shares.
The RES rank in priority to ordinary shares for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
IV. GBP subordinated term notes
The GBP subordinated term notes were issued with a face value of £250 million (equivalent to $625 million at date of issue) by the
Company. A total of £150 million of the notes have been bought back since 2009.
Key terms and conditions:
Fixed interest rate of 5.625% per annum payable annually.
The notes mature on 21 December 2026 (non callable for the first 10 years). If the notes are not redeemed by 21 December
2016, all notes become floating rate notes with an interest rate of the three month GBP LIBOR plus 1.62%.
The notes rank in priority to ordinary shares for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
V. NZD subordinated term notes
The NZD subordinated term notes have a face value of NZ$100 million, and were issued at par by Insurance Australia Funding 2007
Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Key terms and conditions:
Fixed interest rate of 9.105% per annum payable semi annually.
The notes mature on 21 November 2017 with the issuer having the option to redeem at par from 21 November 2012 onwards
subject to approval from APRA.
If the notes are not redeemed in November 2012, all notes become floating notes with an interest rate of the three months New
Zealand bank bill swap rate plus a margin of 1.50% per annum.
The notes rank in priority to ordinary shares for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
VI. GBP subordinated exchangeable term notes
The GBP subordinated exchangeable term notes were issued at par with a face value of £157 million (equivalent to $260 million at
date of issue) and were issued by Insurance Australia Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
Key terms and conditions including the amendments announced on 4 July 2011:
Floating interest rate of six month GBP LIBOR plus margin of 1.875% per annum payable semi annually.
The notes mature on 20 April 2035 with the holder having the option to exchange into ordinary shares of IAG from December
2012 and at each subsequent interest payment date or upon certain events, subject to the right of the issuer to redeem or
require the transfer of the notes to IAG or a third party for their face value (subject to APRA approval).
The notes may also be redeemed by the issuer upon certain events subject to APRA's approval.
The notes rank in priority to ordinary shares of the issuer for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
VII. NZD subordinated bonds
The NZD subordinated bonds were issued with a face value of NZ$325 million (equivalent to $246 million at date of issue) by the
Company.
Key terms and conditions:
Fixed Interest rate of 7.5% per annum payable quarterly.
The bonds mature on 15 December 2036 with the issuer having the option to redeem at par from 15 December 2016 and at
subsequent interest payment dates subject to approval from APRA.
If the bonds are not redeemed by 15 December 2016, the interest rate will equal the sum of the 5 year New Zealand swap rate
on 15 December 2016 and each 5th anniversary thereafter plus a margin of 3.78% per annum.
The bonds may also be redeemed by the issuer upon certain events subject to APRA's approval.
The bonds rank in priority to ordinary shares for the payment of dividends and in the event of a winding up.
82 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
C. FAIR VALUE INFORMATION
The interest bearing liabilities are initially measured at fair value (net of transaction costs) but are subsequently measured at
amortised cost. Based on market conditions at any point in time, the carrying value of the liabilities may not be representative of the
fair value of the liabilities. A comparison of the carrying amount and fair value for the liabilities is provided in the table below.
I. Capital nature
a. TIER 1 REGULATORY CAPITAL
Convertible preference shares
Reset preference shares
Reset exchangeable securities
b. TIER 2 REGULATORY CAPITAL
GBP subordinated term notes
NZD subordinated term notes
GBP subordinated exchangeable term notes
NZD subordinated bonds
II. Operational nature
Various instruments
Total
Less: capitalised transaction costs
Carrying
value
$m
2012
Fair value
$m
Carrying
value
$m
2011
Fair value
$m
377
-
550
155
78
241
254
22
1,677
(18)
1,659
367
-
545
121
79
241
266
22
-
350
550
151
77
235
-
16
1,379
(2)
1,377
-
352
564
124
81
235
-
16
The fair value is calculated using either the quoted market prices or a valuation technique based on market available data for similar
instruments.
NOTE 23. NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
A. SHARE CAPITAL
Ordinary shares
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Balance at the end of the financial year
2012
Number of
shares in
millions
2011
Number of
shares in
millions
CONSOLIDATED
2011
2012
$m
$m
2,079
2,079
2,079
2,079
5,353
5,353
5,353
5,353
All ordinary shares on issue are fully paid. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to a vote at a general meeting of the Company and to
participate in the dividends and the proceeds on winding up the Company in proportion to the number of, and amounts paid on, the
shares held. Dividends, if declared, are subject to there being distributable profits available and not breaching APRA capital adequacy
requirements.
I. 2012
There were no issues of ordinary shares during the year.
II. 2011
There were no significant issues of ordinary shares during the year ended 30 June 2011.
B. TREASURY SHARES HELD IN TRUST
Share based remuneration is provided in different forms to eligible employees. To satisfy obligations under the various share based
remuneration plans, shares are generally bought on market at or near grant date of the relevant arrangement and held in trust. Upon
consolidation of the trusts, the shares held that are controlled for accounting purposes are recognised as treasury shares held in trust,
as described in section AF of the summary of significant accounting policies note. The balance of treasury shares held in trust at a
reporting date represents the cumulative cost of acquiring IAG shares that have not yet been distributed to employees as share based
remuneration.
C. NATURE AND PURPOSE OF RESERVES
I. Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve records the foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial position
and performance of subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than Australian dollars.
II. Share based remuneration reserve
The share based remuneration reserve is used to recognise the fair value at grant date of equity settled share based remuneration
provided to employees over the vesting period, as described in section Z of the summary of significant accounting policies note.
83
NOTE 24. NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
A. COMPOSITION
Cash held for operational purposes
Cash and short term money held for investment
Cash and cash equivalents
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
969
1,097
2,066
509
823
1,332
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and held with banks, deposits at call and short term money held for investment
readily convertible to cash within two working days, net of any bank overdraft. The carrying amount of the cash and cash equivalents
presented on the balance sheet is the same as that used for the purposes of the cash flow statement as there are no bank overdrafts
used which are repayable upon demand.
B. SIGNIFICANT RISKS
The net carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents represents the maximum exposure to credit risk relevant to cash and cash
equivalents at reporting date and is equivalent to the fair value of the assets because of the negligible credit risk and frequent
repricing.
A portion of the cash balances is held in currencies other than the Australian dollar. For information regarding the management of
currency risk by the Group refer to the financial risk management note.
The majority of the amounts bear variable rates of interest. Those balances bearing a fixed rate of interest mature in less than one
year. A small portion of the amounts bear no interest.
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
C. RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR TO NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Profit/(loss) for the year
I. Non cash items
Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and goodwill
Net realised (gains) and losses on disposal of investments
Net unrealised (gains) and losses on revaluation of investments
Provision for doubtful debts and impairment
Net retained earnings adjustment for actuarial gains and (losses) on defined benefit
superannuation plans
Retained earnings adjustment for share based remuneration
Realised gain on buyback of GBP subordinated term notes
Other
II. Movement in operating assets and liabilities
DECREASE/(INCREASE) IN OPERATING ASSETS
Premium and other receivables
Prepayments and deferred levies and charges
Deferred tax assets
Current tax assets
Defined benefit superannuation asset
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN OPERATING LIABILITIES
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Outstanding claims liability
Unearned premium liability
Net cash flows from operating activities
265
58
364
(283)
(122)
-
(52)
18
-
37
(291)
(223)
(74)
-
1
376
92
(23)
(3)
941
433
1,514
338
57
190
(168)
91
2
5
18
1
9
(2,438)
(107)
(7)
5
(1)
(235)
(34)
193
(24)
2,627
98
620
D. SIGNIFICANT NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS RELATING TO FINANCING AND INVESTING TRANSACTIONS
There were no financing or investing transactions during the year which have had a material effect on the assets and liabilities that did
not involve cash flows.
84 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
NOTE 25. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES
A. ACQUISITION OF SUBSIDIARIES
I. For the financial year ended 30 June 2012
a. ACQUISITION OF AMI INSURANCE
On 16 December 2011, the Consolidated entity entered into an arrangement to purchase AMI Insurance Limited (AMI) for NZ$380
million (equivalent to $296 million). The acquisition was completed on 5 April 2012 and excludes all liabilities relating to the recent
earthquakes which affected the Canterbury, New Zealand, region.
Details of the financial impact of the acquisition is as follows:
2012
Purchase price
Cash paid
Total purchase consideration
Fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill recognised by acquiree
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Property and equipment
Payables
Unearned premium liability
Outstanding claims liability
Other
Net identifiable assets acquired during the financial year
Brands
Customer relationships
Software development expenditure
Other intangible assets
Goodwill
CONSOLIDATED
AMI
$m
296
296
185
86
6
(20)
(154)
(34)
(9)
60
28
33
14
27
134
236
The measurement of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination is highly subjective and there are a range of
possible values that could be attributed for initial recognition. The Group uses the skills and experience of valuation specialists in
establishing an initial range within which the fair value is to be recognised. Judgement is then applied in selecting the value to be
recognised on the balance sheet. Judgement is also applied in determining the useful life of the intangible assets which impacts
directly on the amortisation charges to be incurred following an acquisition.
The net cash flow in relation to acquisitions is as follows:
Cash consideration paid
Cash balance acquired
Net outflow of cash
Contribution from the acquired businesses (from date of acquisition)
Income
Profit/(loss) before income tax
296
(185)
111
72
6
Due to a lack of suitable information, it is impractical to present a 30 June 2012 Group profit/(loss), inclusive of a 12 month AMI
contribution.
II. For the financial year ended 30 June 2011
a. ACQUISTION OF NATIONAL ADVISER SERVICES PTY LTD (NAS INSURANCE BROKERS)
The Group increased its stake in National Adviser Services Pty Ltd from 25% to 76.36% for consideration of $7.4 million. This
company is controlled by the Australia intermediated insurance segment and formed part of its segment result.
b. ACQUISTION OF HBF HOLDINGS PTY LTD
On 30 June 2011, the Group paid $20.1 million to acquire 100% ownership of HBF Holdings Pty Ltd and HBF Insurance Pty Ltd
(together referred to as HBF). HBF is a personal lines insurance entity distributing to the members of an Australian health fund.
B. OTHER ACQUISITIONS
I. For the financial year ended 30 June 2012
a. BOHAI PROPERTY INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED
On 12 April 2012, the Group completed the acquisition of a 20% stake in Bohai Property Insurance Company Ltd (Bohai Insurance) for
a consideration of RMB687.5 million (equivalent to $96 million). Bohai Insurance is a Chinese general insurance company,
predominantly focusing on motor insurance with annualised gross written premium in excess of $200 million.
85
b. AAA ASSURANCE CORPORATION (AAA)
On 18 May 2012, the Group completed the acquisition of a 30% stake in Vietnam-based AAA Assurance Corporation (AAA Assurance)
for a consideration less than $20 million. AAA Assurance Corporation has a strong focus on motor insurance.
c. MUTUAL COMMUNITY GENERAL INSURANCE PROPRIETY LIMITED (MCGI)
In April 2012, the Group increased its stake in MCGI from 51% to 100% for a consideration of $6 million.
d. NBJ UNITED KINGDOM LIMITED (NBJ)
In January 2012, the Group increased its stake in NBJ from 75% to 100% for a consideration of $3 million.
II. For the financial year ended 30 June 2011
a. ACCIDENT & HEALTH INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITING PTY LIMITED
On 1 July 2010, the Group entered into an arrangement to acquire 50% of the ownership of Accident & Health International
Underwriting Pty Limited (AHI). AHI is an underwriting agency in Australia that has been in operation since 1998 and currently
underwrites personal accident, medical expenses and travel insurance.
C. DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES
I. For the financial year ended 30 June 2012
a. BEIJING CONTINENTAL AUTOMOBILE ASSOCIATION LIMITED
In January 2012, the Group disposed of its wholly owned subsidiary in China, Beijing Continental Automobile Association Limited (CAA)
for a consideration of $1 million. A loss of $4 million was recognised in the Fee based, corporate and other expenses line in the
statement of comprehensive income.
b. INSURANCE DIALOGUE LTD
In May 2012, the Group disposed of its wholly owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom, Insurance Dialogue Limited for a consideration
of $6 million. The net assets disposed of were $2 million. A profit of $4 million was recognised in the statement of comprehensive
income.
II. During the financial year ended 30 June 2011
There were no disposals of subsidiaries by the Consolidated entity.
NOTE 26. DETAILS OF SUBSIDIARIES
The following entities constitute the Consolidated entity.
TABLE
NOTE
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION/
FORMATION
EXTENT OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IF NOT 100%
2011
%
2012
%
A. ULTIMATE PARENT
Insurance Australia Group Limited
B. SUBSIDIARIES
I. Australian general insurance operations
Insurance Australia Limited
NRMA Personal Lines Holdings Pty Limited
Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited
World Class Accident Repairs (Cheltenham North) Pty Limited
CGU Insurance Australia Limited
CGU Insurance Limited
Swann Insurance (Aust) Pty Ltd
Mutual Community General Insurance Proprietary Limited
IAG Re Australia Limited
Sitrof Australia Limited
CGU-VACC Insurance Limited
CGU Workers Compensation (NSW) Limited
CGU Workers Compensation (VIC) Limited
HBF Insurance Pty Ltd
Strata Unit Underwriting Agency Pty Limited
CGU Workers Compensation (SA) Limited
The Buzz Insurance Pty Limited
The Buzz Australia Pty Limited
National Adviser Services Pty Ltd
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
A
A
A
A
86 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
70.00
70.00
70.00
70.00
51.00
76.36
II. New Zealand operations
IAG (NZ) Holdings Limited
IAG New Zealand Limited
New Zealand Insurance Limited
State Insurance Limited
Direct Insurance Services Limited
Belves Investments Limited
Runacres and Associates Limited (formerly Anthony Runacres and
B
Associates Limited)
B
DriveRight Limited
B
IAG (NZ) Share Plan Nominee Limited
The IAG New Zealand Limited Employee Share Plan
B
The IAG Performance Awards Rights Plan for Executives in New Zealand B
B
NZI Staff Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited
B
AMI Insurance Limited
B
B,C
B
B
B
B
III. United Kingdom operations
IAG UK Holdings Limited
Equity Insurance Group Limited
Equity Insurance Holdings Ltd
Equity Syndicate Management Limited
Equity Red Star Services Limited
CDCM Limited
Equity Insurance Management Limited
Equity Red Star Holdings Limited
Equity Insurance Properties Limited
Cox Commercial Limited
CDCM (No 2) Limited
Equity Red Star Limited (formerly CDCM Limited)
Equity Red Star (accident & health) Limited
IAG Finance (UK) LLP
Equity Claims Limited
Direct Insurance Services Limited
HML Marketing Limited
Equity Direct Broking Limited
Barnett & Barnett Holdings Limited
Barnett & Barnett Ltd
Barnett & Barnett Financial Services Ltd
Alba Group Pte Ltd
Alba Pte Ltd
Alba Underwriting Ltd
Diagonal Underwriting Agency Limited
AU No 2 Limited
NBJ Group Limited
NBJ United Kingdom Limited
Independent Commercial Broking Group Limited
IV. Other international operations
IAG Re Labuan (L) Berhad
IAG (Asia) General Pte Ltd
IAG Re Singapore Pte Ltd
NHCT Limited
IAG Insurance (Thailand) Ltd
Safety Insurance Public Company Limited
TABLE
NOTE
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION/
FORMATION
EXTENT OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IF NOT 100%
2011
%
2012
%
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Gibraltar
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Singapore
Singapore
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B,D
B,D
B,D
Malaysia
Singapore
Singapore
Thailand
Thailand
Thailand
-
-
75.00
75.00
-
49.10
49.10
98.62
98.47
87
TABLE
NOTE
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION/
FORMATION
V. Investment operations
IAG Asset Management Limited
IAG Asset Management Cash Management Trust
IAG Asset Management Private Equity Trust
IAG Asset Management Sustainable Investment Trust
Fixed Interest Technical Provisions Fund
Fixed Interest Shareholders Fund
K2 Advisors Alpha Strategies Fund
BT Australian Long Short Fund Portfolio 2
VI. Corporate operations
IAG International Pty Limited
IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited
Insurance Australia Group Services Pty Limited
IAG & NRMA Superannuation Pty Limited
IAG Share Plan Nominee Pty Limited
The IAG Share and Performance Award Rights Plan Trust
The IAG Deferred Award Rights Plan
The IAG Executive Performance Rights Plan
Insurance Australia Funding 2007 Limited
Empire Equity Australia Pty Limited
IAG Funding Partnership
C. ENTITIES THAT COMMENCED DEREGISTRATION DURING THE
YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
HBF Holdings Pty Ltd
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
D. ENTITIES PUT INTO LIQUIDATION DURING THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
Wedring Limited
Equity Group 2005 Limited
ERSH Limited
Brokersure.co.uk Limited
Anthony Kidd Agencies Limited
Can Do Finance Limited
Cox Managing Agency Limited
EIG (Investments) Limited
EIG (Finance) Limited
EIG (Acquisitions) Ltd
E. SUBSIDIARIES THAT DEREGISTERED DURING THE YEAR ENDED
30 JUNE 2012
NRMA Information Services Pty Limited
F. ENTITIES DISPOSED OF DURING THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2012
E Red Limited
Insurance Dialogue Ltd
Beijing Continental Automobile Association Limited
B
B
B
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Australia
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
China
EXTENT OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IF NOT 100%
2011
%
2012
%
84.49
83.20
50.01
83.03
83.20
50.00
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
51.10
Table note
A
B
C
D
Small proprietary companies, trusts or funds that are not required to prepare, and have not prepared, audited financial
statements.
Audited by overseas KPMG firms.
All subsidiaries have only ordinary shares on issue except this entity also has perpetual preference shares on issue.
The following special conditions exist with respect to the Group's Thailand subsidiaries:
IAG International Pty Limited owns 49% of the share capital of NHCT Limited and has a majority voting right and the
right to appoint the board of directors of NHCT Limited. Therefore, NHCT Limited is considered a subsidiary of IAG
International Pty Limited. The remaining 51% is held by Allessi Capital Co., Ltd, a company registered in Thailand; and
IAG International Pty Limited owns 25% directly in IAG Insurance (Thailand) Ltd and is able to govern the financial and
operating policies of the company through a further 75% interest held indirectly through its holding in NHCT Limited.
88 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
NOTE 27. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES
A. INTERESTS IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES
TABLE
NOTE
REPORTING
DATE
COUNTRY OF
INCORPORATION/
FORMATION
PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
CONTRI-
BUTION TO
PROFIT/
(LOSS)
CARRYING
VALUE
OWNERSHIP
INTEREST
2012
2012 2012 2011
$m
$m
%
%
I. Joint venture
NTI Limited
A,B,C 30 June
Australia
Managing co-
insurance
arrangement
7
-
50.00 50.00
B
B
II. Associates
AmG Insurance
Berhad(a)
SBI General Insurance
Company Limited (SBI
General)(b)(e)
First Rescue and
Emergency (NZ)
Limited
Loyalty New Zealand
Limited
Sureplan New Zealand
Limited
AAA Assurance
Corporation
Arista Insurance
Limited
InsuranceWide.com
Services Limited
First Rescue Limited
(UK)
Photosecure (NZ)
Limited
Accident & Health
International
Underwriting Pty
Limited (AHI)(c)(e)
Bohai Property
Insurance Company
Ltd (Bohai Insurance)(d) B
B
B
A
A
A
A,B
A,B
A,B
A,B
31 March
Malaysia
Insurance underwriting
135
8
49.00 49.00
31 March
India
Insurance underwriting
87
(10) 26.00 26.00
31 March
New Zealand
Roadside assistance
31 March
New Zealand
Loyalty program
31 March
New Zealand
Fleet risk management
-
-
-
31 December Vietnam
Insurance underwriting
18
31 December United Kingdom
Wholesale broker
31 December United Kingdom
Online aggregator
31 March
United Kingdom
30 June
New Zealand
Insurance services
Photographic security
management
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50.00 50.00
25.00 25.00
30.00 30.00
30.00
-
29.35 29.35
1
35.25 35.00
-
-
50.00 50.00
50.00 50.00
30 June
Australia
Insurance underwriting
34
(9) 50.00 50.00
31 December China
Insurance underwriting
100
384
(2) 20.00
-
(12)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
The contribution of AmG Insurance Berhad to the net profit of the Group represents the share of associates' net profit of $13 million offset by regional support and
development costs of $5 million.
The contribution of SBI General represents an underlying loss of $5 million, amortisation of $1 million and an overlay of regional support and development costs of $4
million.
The contribution of AHI includes a $7 million amortisation cost.
The contribution of Bohai represents an overlay of regional support and development costs of $2 million.
In the segment note, the amortisation expense is shown in the Corporate and other segment.
Table note
A
B
C
Investment is measured at cost in the Consolidated entity due to materiality.
Audited by accounting firms not affiliated with KPMG.
The following special conditions exist with respect to the NTI Limited joint venture:
CGU Insurance Limited, a subsidiary of the Consolidated entity, has a 50% interest in NTI Limited, the principal activity of
which is to facilitate a co-insurance arrangement of commercial motor vehicle business. The Consolidated entity’s portion
of the results of the co-insurance arrangement is recorded directly in its accounting records.
89
None of the associates are listed on a stock exchange. Those entities that are equity accounted and do not have a 30 June financial
year end are equity accounted for using financial information for the reporting period to 30 June which includes, at least in part,
unaudited management results.
B. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS
Balance at the beginning of the financial year
Investment in associate acquired
Additional investment in existing associate
Disposal of investment in existing associate
Share of associates' net profit/(loss)*
Net foreign exchange movements
Balance at the end of the financial year
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
284
115
-
-
(1)
(14)
384
283
47
1
(3)
2
(46)
284
*
The share of associates' net profit/(loss) for the current reporting period was a loss of $1 million. The contribution of associates to the net profit/(loss) of the Group
shown in section A includes regional support and development costs.
C. SUMMARISED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ASSOCIATES
These disclosures relate to the investment in Asia (AmG Insurance Berhad, SBI General and Bohai Insurance) and Australia (AHI) as all
other investments in joint ventures and associates are not significant.
The figures for AmG Insurance Berhad and SBI General are for the financial year ended 31 March 2012 and Bohai Insurance for the
year ended 31 December 2011. AHI disclosure is based on the management accounts as at 31 May 2012. These figures represent
the financial position and performance of the entities as a whole and not just IAG's share.
Assets
Liabilities
Revenue
Profit/(loss)
Australia
$m
14
10
9
1
2012
Asia
$m
989
665
516
(24)
Australia
$m
17
11
10
3
2011
Asia
$m
607
315
256
17
D. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
There are no capital or other commitments or contingent liabilities arising from the joint venture or any of the associates that are
significant to the Consolidated entity.
NOTE 28. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
A. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PROVISION
Annual leave
Long service leave
Cash based incentive arrangements
Defined benefit superannuation plans
Other employee benefits*
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
79
71
73
125
10
358
72
61
82
51
9
275
*
There is one defined benefit pension arrangement in Australia with a discounted liability of $8 million as at the current reporting date (2011-$7 million) involving 63
participants (2011-70) and one defined benefit pension arrangement in New Zealand with a discounted liability of $2 million as at the current reporting date
(2011-$2 million) involving 40 participants (2011–41). These liabilities are met from general assets rather than assets being set aside in trust.
The employee benefits provision includes $178 million (2011-$94 million) which is expected to be settled after more than 12 months
from reporting date.
B. EMPLOYEE NUMBERS
The Consolidated entity had 13,650 employees on a full time equivalent basis as at 30 June 2012 (2011-13,008).
90 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
C. CASH BASED INCENTIVE ARRANGEMENTS
I. Short term incentive plan
The short term incentive plan continued in operation during the current reporting period. Eligible employees have the capacity to earn
a proportion of their base pay as a cash incentive annually. The incentive opportunity is set depending on an employee's role and
responsibilities. The majority of employees are on a 10%, 15% or 20% plan. The incentive payments are determined based on an
assessment of individual performance and achievement of a range of business unit and individual goals.
II. Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited long term incentive scheme
A long term incentive is available to senior employees of Insurance Manufacturers of Australia Pty Limited (IMA). This is a cash based
incentive arrangement involving hurdles relating to compound growth in the IMA underwriting result over a three year period.
NOTE 29. SHARE BASED REMUNERATION
The provision of share based remuneration creates a link between shareholder value creation and rewarding employees. Share based
remuneration encourages employee share ownership, links employee reward to the performance of the Group and assists with
retention of key personnel. This type of remuneration encourages employees to focus on creating shareholder value over the longer
term.
The obligations under share based payment arrangements are covered by the on market purchase of IAG ordinary shares which are
held in trust. The shares are purchased on or near grant date at the prevailing market price. The arrangements are managed using in-
house trusts, one for Australia and one for New Zealand, which are controlled for accounting purposes and are subsidiaries of the
Consolidated entity. The trustee for each trust is a subsidiary of the Consolidated entity. The trusts are administered by an external
company.
The number of shares purchased to cover each allocation of rights is determined by the trustee based on independent actuarial
advice. The trusts allow for excess shares purchased in relation to one plan to be used to meet obligations of the other plans at the
trustee’s discretion. The trusts held 13,219,481 shares as at 30 June 2012 (2011-12,439,032 shares) representing 0.64% (2011 -
0.60%) of the issued share capital. This includes shares that are not controlled for accounting purposes and so not recognised as
treasury shares.
Trading in IAG ordinary shares that are awarded under the share based remuneration arrangements is covered by the same
restrictions that apply to all forms of share ownership by employees. These restrictions limit an employee trading in IAG ordinary
shares when they are in a position to be aware, or are aware, of price sensitive information.
Share based remuneration is provided through a range of different plans each of which has different purposes and different rules. The
share based remuneration expense amounts are included in the claims expense, other underwriting expenses, and fee based,
corporate and other expenses lines in the statement of comprehensive income.
A. SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EXECUTIVE SHARE PLANS
The senior management and executive share plan arrangements consist of two separate arrangements working together. These two
arrangements are the Deferred Award Rights Plan and the Executive Performance Rights Plan which are detailed below. The IAG
Nomination, Remuneration & Sustainability Committee approves the participation of each individual in the plans. Certain other share
plan arrangements remain in place but were closed to new offers in the prior reporting periods. Within each of these plans, there
remain outstanding rights to be settled with the most significant being the Performance Award Rights Plan.
I. Deferred Award Rights Plan
The Deferred Awards Rights Plan (DAR Plan) is the deferred portion of the short term incentive issued as rights over IAG ordinary
shares.
Key terms and conditions:
The rights are granted for nil consideration, are non transferable, and can be settled only with existing IAG ordinary shares.
Holders do not receive dividends and do not have voting rights until the rights are exercised.
The vesting condition is not market related and requires the participant to continue in relevant employment.
Where the rights vest (the holder becomes entitled to exercise the right), the plan entitles participating employees to acquire one
IAG ordinary share for each right. The exercise price of all vested rights is a nominal value of $1 per tranche of rights exercised.
The rights vest after a period (current maximum is two years, with a three year maximum for rights granted before 1 July 2010) as
determined by the IAG Board subject to the participants continuing in relevant employment for the full period. If there is a change
of control of IAG, the IAG Board has discretion to determine if and when rights should vest.
If the vesting condition is not met then the rights lapse. The rights also lapse where the holder chooses to forgo the rights, and all
rights expire 10 years (for rights granted prior to 1 July 2009) or seven years (for rights granted after 1 July 2009) from grant date
where they have not previously lapsed or been exercised.
91
The following information relates to the rights issued under the DAR Plan.
FAIR
VALUE AT
GRANT
DATE
RIGHTS ON ISSUE
AT 1 JULY
RIGHTS
GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR
RIGHTS
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
RIGHTS
LAPSED
DURING THE
YEAR
NUMBER OF RIGHTS AT 30
JUNE
Exercisable
On issue
GRANT DATE
2012
19/12/2006
13/03/2007
27/09/2007
27/05/2008
18/09/2008
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
25/03/2010
06/10/2010
03/03/2011*
03/03/2011*
21/10/2011
17/02/2012
$5.354
$5.156
$4.820
$2.810
$3.668
$3.263
$3.155
$3.397
$3.311
$3.600
$3.770
$3.780
$3.532
$3.467
$3.492
$2.880
$2.740
242,798
32,249
545,450
26,345
1,492,380
24,454
20,000
10,000
15,000
1,631,500
79,100
22,000
2,734,300
49,100
40,000
-
-
6,964,676
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,565,000
70,800
3,635,800
(126,558)
(6,937)
(179,900)
-
(713,760)
(24,454)
(10,000)
-
-
(685,710)
(47,460)
(2,240)
(1,065,050)
(19,750)
(20,000)
(94,100)
-
(2,995,919)
*
Rights issued on the same grant date may have different fair values to reflect different vesting periods.
2011
19/12/2006
13/03/2007
27/09/2007
27/05/2008
18/09/2008
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
27/02/2009*
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
25/03/2010
06/10/2010
03/03/2011*
03/03/2011*
$5.354
$5.156
$4.820
$2.810
$3.668
$3.263
$3.155
$3.397
$3.311
$3.600
$3.770
$3.780
$3.532
$3.467
$3.492
415,570
44,624
973,280
26,345
2,576,750
24,454
40,000
10,000
15,000
2,989,100
158,200
22,000
-
-
-
7,295,323
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2,972,900
49,100
40,000
3,062,000
(172,772)
(10,875)
(422,630)
-
(1,007,390)
-
(20,000)
-
-
(1,168,100)
(79,100)
-
(86,800)
-
-
(2,967,667)
-
(3,375)
(6,000)
-
(5,000)
-
-
-
-
(46,740)
-
(560)
(67,450)
-
-
(138,100)
-
(267,225)
-
(1,500)
(5,200)
-
(76,980)
-
-
-
-
(189,500)
-
-
(151,800)
-
-
(424,980)
116,240
21,937
359,550
26,345
773,620
-
10,000
10,000
15,000
899,050
31,640
19,200
1,601,800
29,350
20,000
3,332,800
70,800
7,337,332
242,798
32,249
545,450
26,345
1,492,380
24,454
20,000
10,000
15,000
1,631,500
79,100
22,000
2,734,300
49,100
40,000
6,964,676
116,240
21,937
359,550
26,345
773,620
-
-
10,000
15,000
482,950
-
15,360
387,050
4,800
-
72,700
-
2,285,552
239,048
32,249
528,450
26,345
838,860
24,454
-
10,000
12,000
418,650
-
11,000
-
-
-
2,141,056
*
Rights issued on the same grant date may have different fair values to reflect different vesting periods.
The weighted average share price for rights exercised for the year ended 30 June 2012 was $3.17.
The fair value of the rights is calculated as at the grant date using a Black Scholes valuation.
92 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
2012
Grant date
Share price on grant date ($)
Exercise price ($)
Risk free interest rate (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Expected life of rights (years)
2011
Grant date
Share price on grant date ($)
Exercise price ($)
Risk free interest rate (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Expected life of rights (years)
SIGNIFICANT FACTORS AND ASSUMPTIONS
21/10/2011
$3.08
$1 per tranche exercised
4.36%
5.06%
2 years
17/02/2012
$2.86
$1 per tranche exercised
4.26%
4.11%
2 years
06/10/2010
$3.71
$1 per tranche exercised
5.28%
3.44%
2 years
03/03/2011
$3.60
$1 per tranche exercised
5.33%
3.68%
2 years
Some of the assumptions are based on historical data which is not necessarily indicative of future trends. Reasonable changes in
these assumptions would not have a material impact on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.
II. Executive Performance Rights Plan
The Executive Performance Rights Plan (EPR Plan) is the Group's long term incentive plan issued as rights over IAG ordinary shares.
Key terms and conditions:
The rights are granted for nil consideration, are non transferable, and can be settled only with IAG ordinary shares. Holders do not
receive dividends and do not have voting rights until the rights are exercised.
Where the rights vest (the holder becomes entitled to exercise the right), the EPR Plan entitles participating employees to acquire
one IAG ordinary share for each right. There is no exercise price.
Each allocation is split equally into two portions and is subject to different performance hurdles. The first vesting condition is not
market related and requires the participant to continue relevant employment. The second set of vesting conditions are as follows:
50% is subject to a return on equity hurdle (ROE allocation)
50% is subject to a total shareholder return hurdle (TSR allocation)
If a participant ceases employment with IAG before the performance conditions are tested, their unvested rights will generally lapse.
Under the TSR allocation, IAG's TSR is assessed against the TSR of a peer group of entities. For allocations made prior to 30 June
2009, the peer group consists of entities in the S&P/ASX 100 Index and for allocations made after 30 June 2009, the peer group
consists of entities in the top 50 industrials within the S&P/ASX 100 Index. The performance hurdle is set with a tiered vesting
scale:
Maximum vesting of 100% if IAG's relative TSR is equal or larger than the 75th percentile of the peer group;
Minimum vesting of 0% if IAG's TSR is below the 50th percentile of the peer group.
The ROE hurdle compares IAG's performance with IAG's weighted average cost of capital (WACC), where the IAG Board determine
the WACC. The tiered vesting scale is:
Maximum vesting of 100% if ROE is larger than 1.6 x WACC (1.8 x WACC for rights granted between 1 July 2008 to 30 June
2010);
Minimum vesting at 0% if ROE is below 1.2 x WACC (1.5 x WACC for rights granted between 1 July 2008 to 30 June 2010, 1.3
x WACC for rights granted before 30 June 2008).
If there is a change of control of IAG, the IAG Board has discretion to determine if and when rights should vest.
93
The following information relates to the rights issued under the EPR Plan.
GRANT DATE
2012
29/10/2007
29/11/2007
13/03/2008
27/05/2008
18/09/2008
27/02/2009
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
25/03/2010
06/10/2010
03/03/2011
21/10/2011
17/02/2012
2011
29/10/2007
29/11/2007
13/03/2008
27/05/2008
18/09/2008
27/02/2009
25/09/2009
24/11/2009
25/03/2010
06/10/2010
03/03/2011
FAIR VALUE
AT GRANT
DATE (TSR)
FAIR VALUE
AT GRANT
DATE (ROE)
RIGHTS ON
ISSUE AT 1
JULY
RIGHTS
GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR
RIGHTS
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
RIGHTS
LAPSED
DURING THE
YEAR
NUMBER OF RIGHTS AT 30
JUNE
Exercisable
On issue
$2.870
$2.350
$1.630
$2.120
$2.530
$2.570
$2.480
$2.590
$2.460
$2.420
$2.270
$1.860
$1.630
$2.870
$2.350
$1.630
$2.120
$2.530
$2.570
$2.480
$2.590
$2.460
$2.420
$2.270
$4.310
$3.680
$2.710
$3.220
$3.410
$3.150
$3.480
$3.650
$3.600
$3.380
$3.300
$2.690
$2.600
$4.310
$3.680
$2.710
$3.220
$3.410
$3.150
$3.480
$3.650
$3.600
$3.380
$3.300
1,160,674
170,000
48,560
47,652
4,029,400
250,000
3,195,000
790,600
171,400
4,344,200
530,600
-
-
14,738,086
1,893,050
250,000
152,400
65,370
4,791,400
250,000
3,934,700
790,600
171,400
-
-
12,298,920
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5,085,000
52,500
5,137,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4,713,700
530,600
5,244,300
(37,280)
-
(9,024)
(3,200)
(901,972)
(82,500)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,033,976)
(656,154)
-
(19,176)
(37,652)
(124,846)
-
(182,800)
-
-
(251,000)
-
(202,600)
-
467,240
170,000
20,360
6,800
3,002,582
167,500
3,012,200
790,600
171,400
4,093,200
530,600
4,882,400
52,500
(1,474,228) 17,367,382
(500,896)
(80,000)
(35,840)
(17,718)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(634,454)
(231,480)
-
(68,000)
-
(762,000)
-
(739,700)
-
-
(369,500)
-
1,160,674
170,000
48,560
47,652
4,029,400
250,000
3,195,000
790,600
171,400
4,344,200
530,600
(2,170,680) 14,738,086
84,640
-
3,904
-
407,270
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
495,814
112,320
-
12,928
3,200
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
128,448
The weighted average share price for rights exercised for the year ended 30 June 2012 was $3.17.
The fair value of the rights is calculated as at the grant date using Black Scholes (for ROE performance hurdle) and Monte Carlo
simulation (for TSR performance hurdle) models. The valuations take into account the probability of achieving the market related
performance hurdle.
Some of the assumptions, including expected share price volatility, are based on historical data which is not necessarily indicative of
future trends. Reasonable changes in these assumptions would not have a material impact on the amounts recognised in the
financial statements.
2012
Grant date
Share price on grant date ($)
Risk free interest rate (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Expected life of rights (years)*
2011
Grant date
Share price on grant date ($)
Risk free interest rate (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Expected life of rights (years)*
*
The expected life for the ROE rights is three years and four years for TSR rights.
94 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
SIGNIFICANT FACTORS AND ASSUMPTIONS
21/10/2011
$3.08
4.36%
5.06%
3 or 4 years
06/10/2010
$3.71
5.28%
3.44%
3 or 4 years
17/02/2012
$2.86
4.26%
4.11%
3 or 4 years
03/03/2011
$3.60
5.33%
3.68%
3 or 4 years
III. Performance Award Rights Plan
The Performance Award Rights Plan (PAR Plan) closed to new offers during the year ended 30 June 2007.
On 30 June 2011, the PAR Plan 2006/2007- series 5 reached the last performance hurdle test. The performance hurdle was not met
throughout the testing period and 1,404,296 rights on issue as at 30 June 2011 lapsed on 29 August 2011 and there are no rights on
issue as at 30 June 2012.
As at 30 June 2012, there are 112,068 rights on issue, vested and exercisable (2011-178,921 rights). The financial impact of the
closed PAR Plan is $Nil.
B. EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS
Offers were made under the employee share plans during the year ended 30 June 2012 in Australia, New Zealand and the United
Kingdom which gave employees the opportunity to own a stake in IAG and share in the Group's future success.
Under the plans, shares are purchased under salary sacrifice arrangements, allowing employees to acquire shares in a tax effective
manner, and IAG contributes towards 10% of the cost of the share purchase. IAG ordinary shares taken up through the plans do not
incur any brokerage. The salary sacrifice arrangements and structure of the plans differ between jurisdictions to comply with local
legislation and utilise tax concessions.
NOTE 30. SUPERANNUATION
Contributions are made to a number of superannuation plans in various countries. Entry to all defined benefit superannuation plans is
closed to new members. New employees are provided with defined contribution arrangements. The defined benefit contribution plans
provide benefits for members or their dependants in the form of lump sum or pension payments generally upon retiring from relevant
employment.
A. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION SUPERANNUATION ARRANGEMENTS
Contributions to the plans are made in accordance with the governing rules of each plan together with relevant legislative
requirements in each geographical region. The contributions are generally based on a percentage of employees’ salaries.
The Consolidated entity is not exposed to risks or rewards of the defined contribution arrangements and has no obligations beyond the
payment of contributions. There were no employer contributions payable at the end of the year for defined contribution members
(2011-$Nil).
B. DEFINED BENEFIT SUPERANNUATION ARRANGEMENTS
There are seven defined benefit superannuation plans in the Group. Contributions to the plans are made in accordance with the
governing rules of each plan and the contribution recommendations of an independent actuary. In contrast to defined contribution
superannuation arrangements, the future cost of the defined benefit superannuation plans is not known with certainty in advance.
The benefits for defined benefit members are generally based on length of service and/or final average salary and/or age together with
the member’s own contributions (if any). The net financial positions of the plans are recognised on the balance sheet.
I. Australia
All Australian employees with defined benefit superannuation arrangements are members of the IAG & NRMA Superannuation Plan
(IAG Plan). There were 549 members as at reporting date (2011-584). The Consolidated entity has contributed $8 million to the
members during the period (2011-$9 million). There were no employer contributions payable at the end of the year (2011-$Nil).
The employer contribution rate for Australian defined benefit members was 17.5% with an additional quarterly payment of $1 million
(1 July 2011 - 31 December 2011) and $475,000 (1 January 2012 – 30 June 2012) to restore the financial position of the IAG Plan.
The quarterly payments will increase to $1 million from 1 July 2012.
II. United Kingdom
The United Kingdom operation contributes to five defined benefit superannuation arrangements (UK Plans) being The Christopherson’s
Final Salary Scheme, The Red Star Insurance Association Limited 1978 Retirement and Death Benefit Scheme, The Anthony Kidd
Agencies Scheme and schemes within the Lloyd’s Superannuation Fund (a multi-employer scheme) being the Cox Services Limited
Staff Pension Scheme and the HML Marketing Limited Staff Pension Scheme. The UK Plans had 511 defined benefit members as at
reporting date (2011-519). The Consolidated entity contributed $0.5 million to the UK Plans for defined benefit members during the
year (2011-$6 million).
III. New Zealand
The New Zealand operation contributes to one defined benefit superannuation arrangement being AMI Superannuation Scheme as a
result of the AMI acquisition during the financial year. The Plan had 216 defined benefit members and a $6 million net deficit as at
reporting date. The fair value of the Plan assets was $23 million and the present value of the defined benefit obligation was $27
million at reporting date.
95
IV. Financial information of defined benefit arrangement
a. REPORTING DATE BALANCES
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of defined benefit obligation
(net discount rate)
Net defined benefit asset/(liability)
Net asset/(liability) recognised on the
balance sheet
2012
$m
141
(252)
(111)
(111)
IAG PLAN
2011
$m
149
(194)
(45)
(45)
b. RECOGNITION OF MOVEMENTS IN NET ASSET/(LIABILITY)
Contributions expensed
Reporting date valuation adjustment to profit
Reporting date valuation adjustment to retained earnings
Total amount recognised for financial year in closing retained
earnings
Reporting date valuation adjustments represent
Current service cost
Past service cost
Interest cost (net of tax)
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial (gains) and losses
Total net amount recognised from reporting date valuation
2012
$m
105
(113)
(8)
(8)
2012
$m
8
(3)
5
69
74
6
1
9
(11)
69
74
c. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN THE PRESENT VALUE OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the financial
year
Current service cost
Past service cost
Interest cost
Contributions by plan participants
Actuarial (gains) and losses
Benefits paid
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
UK PLANS
2011
$m
103
(108)
(5)
(5)
IAG PLAN
2011
$m
9
(4)
5
1
6
6
1
9
(11)
1
6
199
6
1
9
2
(2)
(21)
-
194
151
11
(3)
9
2
(21)
-
149
194
6
1
9
2
63
(23)
-
252
149
11
(6)
8
2
(23)
-
141
2012
$m
246
(365)
(119)
(119)
2012
$m
-
-
-
3
3
-
-
6
(6)
3
3
108
-
-
5
-
1
(4)
3
113
103
6
(3)
1
-
(4)
2
105
TOTAL
2011
$m
252
(302)
(50)
(50)
UK PLANS
2011
$m
6
(5)
1
(6)
(5)
-
-
6
(5)
(6)
(5)
124
-
-
6
-
1
(4)
(19)
108
108
6
4
6
-
(4)
(17)
103
Defined benefit obligation at the end of the financial year
d. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN THE FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the financial year
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial gains and (losses)
Contributions by employers
Contributions by plan participants
Benefits paid
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign operations
Fair value of plan assets at the end of the financial year
96 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
e. PLAN ASSETS
The percentage invested in each asset class at reporting date is shown in the table below.
Australian shares
Overseas shares
Listed property trusts
Fixed interest
Cash
Other
2012
%
30.0
26.0
11.0
24.0
4.0
5.0
IAG PLAN
2011
%
38.0
20.0
10.0
25.0
5.0
2.0
2012
%
-
40.0
-
44.0
14.0
2.0
UK PLANS
2011
%
-
42.0
-
41.0
13.0
4.0
The direct Australian equity mandates of the IAG Plan do not include any shares issued by the Consolidated entity. The IAG Plan does
invest in Australian equity investments in unit trusts or other pooled vehicles which may contain shares issued by the Consolidated
entity. The assets of the UK Plans are managed by independent trustee boards.
To determine the expected rate of return on assets, the actuary has considered the expected future investment returns for each major
asset class net of investment tax and investment fees. The actual return on the IAG Plan assets for the current reporting period was a
loss of 0.01% (2011 - gain of 7.9%). The actual return on the UK Plans' assets for the current reporting period was a gain of 5.4%
(2011-gain of 9.6%).
f. ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
The principal actuarial assumptions used in determining the financial position of the plans include:
Discount rate (gross)*
Expected rate of return on plan assets supporting pension
liabilities
Expected rate of return on other plan assets
Expected future salary increases
Future pension increases - adult/child
2012
%
3.0
8.3
7.0
4.0
2.5/0.0
IAG PLAN
2011
%
5.2
8.3
7.0
4.0
2.5/0.0
2012
%
5.1
4.1
4.1
5.1
3.6/0.0
UK PLANS
2011
%
5.1
5.1
5.1
5.1
3.6/0.0
*
The discount rate for the IAG Plan has been determined by reference to the market yields on 10 year government bonds in Australia. The UK Plans discount rate has
been determined by reference to the market yields on AA rated corporate bonds in the United Kingdom.
g. SENSITIVITY OF MEASUREMENT TO ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
The discount rate applied for the IAG Plan reflects the market yields on government bonds and so is subject to change if those yields
change. A 1% reduction in the discount rate would result in a $38 million increase in the present value of the defined benefit
obligation of the IAG Plan and result in a net financial deficit of $150 million. A 1% increase in the discount rate would result in an
equivalent magnitude, but opposite in direction impact.
97
h. HISTORICAL INFORMATION
2012
$m
2011
$m
2010
$m
2009
$m
IAG PLAN
2008
$m
2012
$m
2011
$m
2010
$m
UK PLANS
2008
$m
2009
$m
Present value of
defined benefit
obligation
Fair value of plan
assets
Surplus/(deficit) in
the plan
Experience
adjustments arising
on plan liabilities
gain/(loss)
Experience
adjustments arising
on plan assets
gain/(loss)
(252)
(194)
(199)
(194)
(176)
(113)
(108)
(124)
(138)
(124)
141
149
151
143
179
105
103
108
103
117
(111)
(45)
(48)
(51)
3
(8)
(5)
(16)
(35)
(7)
(4)
-
-
(7)
(4)
(1)
-
(1)
(11)
(9)
(6)
(3)
10
(37)
(41)
-
10
3
(19)
6
i. FUNDING OBLIGATIONS FOR THE IAG & NRMA SUPERANNUATION PLAN IN AUSTRALIA
The financial information disclosed below has been determined in accordance with AAS 25 Financial Reporting by Superannuation
Plans, using the Attained Age Actuarial Funding method.
Net market value of plan assets
Present value of accrued benefits
Defined benefit surplus/(deficit)
Vested benefits
The principal actuarial assumptions used in determining the financial position of the IAG Plan in
accordance with AAS 25 and the funding recommendation include:
Expected investment returns – pension assets/other assets (gross)
Expected future salary increases
Future pension increases – adult/child
2012
$m
141
(158)
(17)
151
2012
%
IAG PLAN
2011
$m
149
(159)
(10)
152
IAG PLAN
2011
%
7.5
4.0
2.5/0.0
7.5
4.0
2.5/0.0
The accrued benefits are determined on the basis of the present value of expected future payments that arise from membership up to
the measurement date. The accrued benefits are determined by reference to expected future salary levels and are discounted by
using a market based, risk adjusted discount rate. Vested benefits are the benefits which would be payable to members if they all
voluntarily resigned as at the reporting date.
The contribution recommendation uses a different actuarial methodology and a different discount rate assumption to that used in
determining the financial position for measurement on the balance sheet of the employer sponsor.
98 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
NOTE 31. COMMITMENTS
A. CAPITAL AND OTHER COMMITMENTS
I. Capital commitments
Software development
II. Other commitments
Software licence and rental
Other
B. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
I. Property
Due within 1 year
Due within 1 to 2 years
Due within 2 to 5 years
Due after 5 years
II. Plant and equipment
Due within 1 year
Due within 1 to 2 years
Due within 2 to 5 years
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
29
20
14
63
108
102
283
194
11
7
5
710
15
37
18
70
102
93
259
284
16
12
11
777
Certain property, motor vehicles and computer equipment are leased under non cancellable operating leases. Most leases are subject
to annual reviews with increases subject to a set percentage or based on either movements in consumer price indices or operating
criteria. Where appropriate, a right of renewal has been incorporated into the lease agreements at which time all terms and conditions
may be renegotiated. There are no options to purchase the relevant assets on expiry of the lease.
NOTE 32. CONTINGENCIES
The IAG Group is exposed to a range of contingencies. Some are specific to instruments or transactions, others relate more to risk
faced in the normal course of business.
A. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed here where the possibility of settlement is less than
probable but more than remote. Provisions are not required with respect to these matters as it is not probable that a future sacrifice
of economic benefits will be required or the amount is not reliably measurable. If settlement becomes probable, a provision is
recognised. The best estimate of the settlement amount is used in measuring a contingent liability for disclosure. The measurement
involves judgement.
In the normal course of business, transactions are entered into that may generate a range of contingent liabilities. These include:
litigation arising out of insurance policies; and
undertakings for maintenance of net worth and liquidity support to subsidiaries in the Consolidated entity. It is normal practice to
provide wholly owned subsidiaries with support and assistance as may be appropriate with a view to enabling them to meet their
obligations and to maintain their good standing. Such undertakings constitute a statement of present intent only and are not
intended to give rise to any binding legal obligation.
It is not believed that there are any other potential material exposures to the Consolidated entity and there are no known events that
would require it to satisfy the guarantees or take action under a support agreement.
B. FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES
The Consolidated entity’s fiduciary activities consist of investment management and other fiduciary activities conducted as manager,
custodian or trustee for a number of investments and trusts. The funds managed on behalf of third parties which are not included in
the Consolidated entity’s balance sheet had a fair value as at the current reporting date of $488 million (2011-$495 million). This
does not include the investment by third parties in the IAG Asset Management Wholesale Trusts presented as non-controlling interests
in unitholders’ funds on the balance sheet. The Consolidated entity is exposed to operational risk relating to managing these funds on
behalf of third parties.
99
NOTE 33. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
A. CONTROLLING ENTITIES
The ultimate parent entity in the Consolidated entity is Insurance Australia Group Limited which is incorporated in Australia.
The Consolidated entity consists of Insurance Australia Group Limited and its subsidiaries (information in relation to ownership
interests is provided in the subsidiaries note).
The Group currently operates under a devolved model but there are shared services through the use of dedicated units (such as head
office finance providing accounting and processing services to operational entities) and entities (such as dedicated entities that
provide employee services, technology development services, and reinsurance services) which provide services across the Group. All
such intragroup transactions are charged to the relevant entities on normal commercial terms and conditions, and on a direct and
actual cost recovery basis or time allocation basis. Certain entities are economically dependent on other entities in the Group. There
are also loans between entities in the Group. All transactions that have occurred among the subsidiaries with the Group have been
eliminated for consolidation purposes.
B. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
I. Details of compensation
Key management personnel (KMP) are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of the entity, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity. It is important to note
that the Company’s non-executive directors are specifically required to be included as KMP in accordance with AASB 124 Related Party
Disclosures. However, the non-executive directors do not consider that they are part of 'management'.
The aggregate compensation of the KMP is set out below.
Short term employee benefits
Post employment benefits
Other long term benefits
Termination benefits
Share based payments
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$000
14,758
746
45
942
6,024
22,515
2012
$000
16,094
433
237
-
8,884
25,648
The compensation disclosed in the table above represents the KMP’s estimated compensation received from the Group in relation to
their involvement in the activities with the Consolidated entity.
II. Interest in securities
The tables below disclose the movements in total number of deferred award rights (DAR), executive performance rights (EPR) and
performance award rights (PAR) on issue held by each of the KMP. The DAR, EPR and PAR were granted as share based remuneration
in accordance with the share based payment remuneration policy. The non-executive directors, who are KMP, did not receive share
based payments in the form of DAR, EPR and PAR.
100 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
a. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF DEFERRED AWARD RIGHTS ON ISSUE
DAR ON ISSUE
1 JULY
Number
DAR GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
DAR
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
DAR LAPSED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
DAR ON ISSUE
30 JUNE(a)
Number
DAR VESTED
AND
EXERCISABLE
30 JUNE
Number
2012
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy(b)
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
Total
202,700
216,200
112,704
56,690
-
84,010
87,880
71,960
832,144
2011
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
Total
Executives who ceased as key management personnel
N Utley
DG West
Total
186,700
158,100
52,954
32,740
-
76,530
125,670
61,500
694,194
126,100
93,200
219,300
162,400
63,100
89,700
87,300
40,500
67,700
49,600
59,400
619,700
112,200
58,100
74,000
42,600
-
51,900
50,400
42,700
431,900
-
70,600
70,600
(114,960)
(53,950)
(70,004)
(31,210)
-
(47,400)
(50,920)
(41,290)
(409,734)
(96,200)
-
(14,250)
(18,650)
-
(44,420)
(88,190)
(32,240)
(293,950)
(71,050)
(54,790)
(125,840)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(55,050)
(109,010)
(164,060)
250,140
225,350
132,400
112,780
40,500
104,310
86,560
90,070
1,042,110
202,700
216,200
112,704
56,690
-
84,010
87,880
71,960
832,144
-
-
-
-
121,440
-
-
-
-
-
-
121,440
-
120,680
24,454
-
-
-
-
-
145,134
-
-
-
(a)
(b)
On 1 July after each financial year end, some DAR on issue were vested due to the employment condition being met. Some KMP exercised the newly vested DAR and
received one IAG ordinary share for each DAR exercised. However, these IAG ordinary shares received are restricted in accordance with IAG's Security Trading Policy.
DAR disclosed in the table above represents the remuneration policy whereby deferred short term incentive (deferred STI) are received by KMP in the form of DAR.
During the financial year ended 30 June 2012, a total of 87,300 DAR were granted to IR Foy. This amount includes 43,000 DAR granted as deferred STI and 44,300
DAR were granted in relation to the UK retention program (further details are provided in the Remuneration report). Apart from the vesting dates, all terms and
conditions and vesting scale of DAR granted in relation to the UK retention program are the same as those granted as deferred STI.
101
b. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF EXECUTIVE PERFORMANCE RIGHTS ON ISSUE
EPR ON ISSUE
1 JULY
Number
EPR GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
EPR
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
EPR LAPSED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
EPR ON ISSUE
30 JUNE
Number
EPR VESTED
AND
EXERCISABLE
30 JUNE
Number
2012
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
Total
2,559,600
1,001,500
910,000
658,120
285,600
1,004,580
1,002,500
828,100
8,250,000
885,500
325,000
367,700
270,800
345,600
353,000
312,900
318,100
3,178,600
2011
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
Total
Executives who ceased as key management personnel
N Utley
DG West
Total
1,790,600
689,900
561,700
398,800
-
705,300
690,900
536,800
5,374,000
942,200
763,000
1,705,200
849,000
311,600
348,300
263,000
285,600
330,000
311,600
302,500
3,001,600
(247,500)
-
(82,500)
(66,330)
-
(101,145)
-
-
(497,475)
(80,000)
-
-
(3,680)
-
(30,720)
-
(11,200)
(125,600)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,197,600
1,326,500
1,195,200
862,590
631,200
1,256,435
1,315,400
1,146,200
10,931,125
2,559,600
1,001,500
910,000
658,120
285,600
1,004,580
1,002,500
828,100
8,250,000
-
-
-
-
129,695
-
-
-
-
130,015
83,325
343,035
-
31,520
-
-
-
-
31,840
-
63,360
-
-
-
-
348,300
348,300
(45,920)
(32,000)
(77,920)
(896,280)
(1,079,300)
(1,975,580)
c. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF PERFORMANCE AWARD RIGHTS ON ISSUE
PAR
EXERCISED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
PAR GRANTED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
PAR ON ISSUE
1 JULY
Number
PAR LAPSED
DURING THE
YEAR
Number
PAR ON ISSUE
30 JUNE
Number
PAR VESTED
AND
EXERCISABLE
30 JUNE
Number
2012
JP Breheny
IR Foy
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
Total
47,000
11,500
47,000
47,000
152,500
2011
JP Breheny
IR Foy
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
Total
Executives who ceased as key management personnel
N Utley
Total
93,000
20,930
67,930
57,350
239,210
44,500
44,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(47,000)
(11,500)
(47,000)
(47,000)
(152,500)
(46,000)
(9,430)
(20,930)
(10,350)
(86,710)
(44,500)
(44,500)
-
-
-
-
-
47,000
11,500
47,000
47,000
152,500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
102 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
d. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES HELD
The relevant interests of each key management personnel and their related parties in ordinary shares of IAG are disclosed in the
tables below.
SHARES HELD
AT 1 JULY
Number
SHARES
RECEIVED ON
EXERCISE OF
EPR
Number
SHARES
RECEIVED ON
EXERCISE OF
DAR
Number
NET
MOVEMENT OF
SHARES DUE
TO OTHER
CHANGES(a)
Number
TOTAL SHARES
HELD AT 30
JUNE(b)
Number
SHARES HELD
NOMINALLY AT
30 JUNE(c)
Number
2012
BM Schwartz
YA Allen
PH Bush
PM Colebatch
HA Fletcher
A Hynes
PJ Twyman
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
98,738
39,011
-
46,692
72,627
40,242
57,780
306,366
78,200
38,704
12,518
-
246,826
178,418
67,356
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
247,500
-
82,500
66,330
-
101,145
-
-
2011
BM Schwartz
YA Allen
PH Bush
PM Colebatch
HA Fletcher
A Hynes
PJ Twyman
MJ Wilkins
JP Breheny
A Cornish
IR Foy
P Harmer
NB Hawkins
JS Johnson
LC Murphy
Directors and executives who ceased as key management personnel
71,995
29,011
-
46,692
71,690
40,242
57,780
130,166
78,200
24,454
40,243
-
171,686
90,228
14,900
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
80,000
-
-
3,680
-
30,720
-
11,200
JA Strong
N Utley
DG West
409,555
1,408,549
-
-
-
32,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
114,960
53,950
70,004
31,210
-
47,400
50,920
41,290
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
96,200
-
14,250
18,650
-
44,420
88,190
32,240
-
71,050
54,790
696
-
-
-
375
-
-
370,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,951
26,743
10,000
-
-
937
-
-
-
-
-
(50,055)
-
-
-
9,016
-
-
-
99,434
39,011
-
46,692
73,002
40,242
57,780
1,038,826
132,150
191,208
110,058
-
395,371
229,338
110,597
98,738
39,011
-
46,692
72,627
40,242
57,780
306,366
78,200
38,704
12,518
-
246,826
178,418
67,356
97,375
37,345
-
46,692
37,812
40,242
57,780
799,166
131,950
-
3,680
-
21,271
2,500
589
96,709
37,345
-
46,692
37,437
40,242
57,780
181,666
78,200
-
3,680
-
21,271
2,750
277
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
(a)
(b)
(c)
These non-executive directors or executives ceased as KMP during the financial year. Information on shares held is disclosed up to the date of their cessation of
employment.
Net movement of shares relates to acquisition and disposal transactions by the KMP and their related parties during the year. It includes opening balances of shares,
if any, held by KMP who commenced during the year.
On 1 July after each financial year end, some DAR on issue vested and became exercisable by the KMP. Some KMP exercised those newly vested DAR post 30 June.
Nominally held shares are included in the column headed total shares held at 30 June. Total shares are held by the KMP's related parties, inclusive of domestic
partner, dependants and entities controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced by the KMP.
e. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES AND RESET PREFERENCE SHARES HELD
No key management personnel had any interest directly or nominally in convertible preference shares or reset preference shares at
any time during the financial year (2011-nil).
f. MOVEMENTS IN TOTAL NUMBER OF RESET EXCHANGEABLE SECURITIES HELD
No key management personnel had any interest directly or nominally in reset exchangeable securities of IAG Finance (New Zealand)
Limited at any time during the financial year (2011-nil).
103
C. OTHER RELATED PARTIES
Contributions are made to various superannuation plans, both defined contribution and defined benefit plans. Information regarding
transactions with the plans is provided in the superannuation note.
NOTE 34. DERIVATIVES
A. DERIVATIVES FOR WHICH HEDGE ACCOUNTING IS APPLIED
I. Net investment hedges
Residual foreign currency exposures arising at Consolidated entity level on translation of net investments in foreign operations are
hedged using forward exchange contracts, cross currency swaps, and the designation of certain foreign currency borrowings as
hedging instruments.
Each of the hedging relationships has been broadly effective throughout the current period or since inception with the small amount of
ineffectiveness recognised in profit or loss.
II. Reporting date positions
The notional amount and fair value of derivative financial instruments, together with a maturity profile, are provided below.
2012
CONSOLIDATED
2011
Notional
contract
amount
Fair value
asset
Fair value
liability
Notional
contract
amount
Fair value
asset
Fair value
liability
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Within 1
year
$m
Maturity profile
Over 5
years
$m
1 to 5
years
$m
a. NET INVESTMENT HEDGES
Forward foreign exchange
contracts
1,077
-
-
1,077
15
-
732
11
(4)
B. DERIVATIVES FOR WHICH HEDGE ACCOUNTING IS NOT APPLIED (DERIVATIVES HELD FOR ECONOMIC HEDGING PURPOSES
ONLY)
In addition to the derivatives described above, certain contracts entered into include embedded derivative features. Such embedded
derivatives are assessed at inception of the contract and, depending on their characteristics, are accounted for as separate derivative
financial instruments.
I. Reporting date positions
The notional amount and fair value of derivative financial instruments, together with a maturity profile, are provided below.
2012
CONSOLIDATED
2011
Notional
contract
amount
Fair value
asset
Fair value
liability
Notional
contract
amount
Fair value
asset
Fair value
liability
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
$m
Within 1
year
$m
Maturity profile
Over 5
years
$m
1 to 5
years
$m
a. PRESENTED IN INVESTMENTS (INVESTMENT RELATED DERIVATIVES)
3,362
Futures
118
Share price index futures
-
Options
Forward foreign exchange
(3)
-
contracts
b. PRESENTED IN TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES/PAYABLES (TREASURY RELATED DERIVATIVES)
Forward foreign exchange
contracts
Interest rate swaps
3,362
118
5
(1)
-
-
403
570
403
570
(1)
-
-
-
5
-
-
5
394
394
1
-
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,077
53
5
328
-
100
-
-
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
(1)
-
-
104 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
NOTE 35. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
A. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
The capital management strategy plays a central role in managing risk to create shareholder value whilst meeting the crucial and
equally important objective of providing an appropriate level of capital to protect policyholders’ and lenders’ interests and satisfy
regulators.
The Group actively considers its risk appetite through the holistic implementation of strategies around identified key risk levers of
underwriting, reinsurance, capital, asset allocation and risk management. The target level of capitalisation for the Group is assessed
by consideration of factors including:
the probability of ruin over the next one to three years;
the probability of falling below the APRA minimum capital requirement (MCR) over the next one to three years;
other stakeholder perspectives on capitalisation, including rating agency capital models and associated ratings; and
domestic and international levels of capitalisation.
The amount of capital required that fulfils these risk appetite factors varies according to the business underwritten, extent of
reinsurance and asset allocation and is estimated using dynamic financial analysis modelling. For ease of communication, internally
and externally, the Group has translated the outcome into a multiple of MCR by applying the APRA prescribed methodology for a Level
2 Insurance Group. On this basis, the Group has established a target capital of 1.45 to 1.50 times MCR.
Internal policies are in place to ensure significant deviations from this benchmark will result in the IAG Board considering how any
shortfall should be made good or any surplus utilised.
I. Regulatory capital
All insurers within the Group that carry on insurance business in Australia are registered with APRA and are subject to prudential
standards that set out the basis for calculating the MCR which is a minimum level of capital that the regulator deems must be held to
meet policyholder obligations. An insurer’s capital base is expected to be adequate for the size, business mix, complexity and risk
profile of its business and so the MCR utilises a risk based approach to capital adequacy. IAG uses the standardised framework for
calculating the MCR detailed in the relevant prudential standard and referred to as the prescribed method which is determined to be
the sum of the capital charges for insurance, investment, investment concentration and catastrophe concentration risk. It is the Group
policy to ensure that each of the licensed insurers maintains an adequate capital position from an entity perspective.
It is the Group policy to hold regulatory capital levels in excess of the MCR as required by APRA. The current target capital multiple for
the Group is 1.45 to 1.50 times (2011-1.45 to 1.50 times) the MCR. The policy also requires management to not take any action that
would further reduce the capital multiple if an identified MCR is reached, currently set as 1.30 times MCR for the Group. APRA also
imposes some restrictions on the composition of capital eligible to meet the MCR.
Capital calculations for regulatory purposes are based on the premium liabilities model which is different to the deferral and matching
model which underpins the measurement of assets and liabilities in the financial statements. The premium liabilities model assesses
future claims payments arising from future events insured under existing policies. This differs to the measurement of the outstanding
claims liability on the balance sheet which considers claims relating to events that occur only up to and including the reporting date.
The Group has considered the implications of the proposed new regulatory environment applicable from 1 January 2013. The Group
has determined to maintain a consistent risk appetite between the existing and new LAGIC regulatory regime. To achieve this under
LAGIC IAG will set the target capital ranges from 1 January 2013 as:
a total capital position equivalent to 1.4-1.6 times the Prescribed Capital Amount (PCA), which replaces the current MCR measure;
and
Common Equity Tier 1 capital of 0.9-1.1 times the PCA, compared to a proposed regulatory requirement of 0.6 times.
These target levels would be subject to review in light of any material changes between the draft and final issued standards.
II. Economic capital
In conjunction with the considerations set out above, which are important to the functioning of the business, consideration is given to
the operational capital needs of the business. Targeting a capital multiple above the minimum regulatory requirement aims to ensure
the ongoing strength and security of the Group whilst suitably protecting policyholders and lenders.
An important influence on the capital levels is the payment of dividends. The Consolidated entity aims to maintain cash earnings
payouts within a ratio range approved by the IAG Board (refer to the dividends note).
The capital objectives are achieved through dynamic management of the balance sheet and capital mix, the use of a risk based capital
adequacy framework for capital needs that relies on explicit quantification of uncertainty or risk, and the use of modelling techniques
such as dynamic financial analysis which provide valuable input to the capital management process and provide the capacity to
quantify and understand this risk/return trade off. The influence on capital needs of product mix, the reinsurance program,
catastrophe exposure, investment strategy, profit margins and capital structure are all assessed through the dynamic financial
analysis modelling.
105
B. CAPITAL COMPOSITION
The Group’s capital comprises ordinary equity and interest bearing liabilities. The balance sheet capital mix at reporting date was as
shown in the table below.
Ordinary equity less goodwill and intangible assets
Interest bearing liabilities - hybrid securities and debt
Total capitalisation
Target
%
60-70
30-40
CONSOLIDATED
2011
%
66
34
100
2012
%
62
38
100
C. REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
The Company and the insurers within the Consolidated entity have at all times during the current and prior financial year complied with
the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject. The MCR calculation for the Consolidated entity provided below
is based on applying the APRA Level 2 Insurance Group requirements.
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$m
2012
$m
5,353
(68)
181
(887)
665
5,353
(84)
163
(795)
381
917
451
(29)
(1,625)
(225)
(364)
(250)
3,668
10
710
14
4,402
1,495
886
-
150
2,531
1.74
(32)
(1,644)
(225)
(299)
(262)
3,007
449
461
16
3,933
1,410
911
-
175
2,496
1.58
I. Statutory capital
a. TIER 1 CAPITAL
i. Fundamental Tier 1 capital
Ordinary shares
Reserves
Non-controlling interests
Retained earnings
Excess technical provisions (net of tax)(a)
ii. Residual Tier 1 capital(e)
Hybrid equities
iii. Deductions from Tier 1 capital(b)
Treasury shares held in trust(c)
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Net deferred tax assets
Other
Total Tier 1 capital
b. TIER 2 CAPITAL
Ineligible Tier 1 capital
Subordinated term notes
Other
Total statutory capital
II. Minimum capital requirement
Insurance risk
Investment risk
Investment concentration risk(d)
Catastrophe concentration risk
Total minimum capital requirement
106 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
III. Minimum capital requirement multiple
.(a)
The excess technical provisions represent the difference between the insurance liabilities incorporating a risk margin (refer to section B.IV of the claims note) on the
balance sheet based on the deferral and matching model and the insurance liabilities incorporating a risk margin equivalent to a probability of adequacy of 75% used
for regulatory reporting purposes based on the premium liabilities model.
Certain assets that are considered acceptable from an accounting perspective are, from a supervisory perspective, considered to be generally not available or of
reduced value should an insurer encounter difficulties. Holdings of such assets are therefore required to be deducted from the regulatory capital base.
The portion of the treasury shares held in trust that does not meet eligibility criteria under APRA prudential standards.
The investment concentration risk charge is zero reflecting that the holding of particular assets, including reinsurance recoveries, and exposure to a particular
counterparty, are sufficiently diversified for the purposes of the regulatory capital calculations.
APRA currently has a limit of 15% for Innovative Tier 1 securities and a limit of 25% for all Residual Tier 1 securities (i.e. the aggregate of Innovative and Non-
innovative Residual Tier 1 securities). As a consequence of replacing the Innovative reset preference shares (RPS) with the Non-innovative convertible preference
shares (CPS) the full amount of CPS is included in Residual Tier 1 Capital.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
IV. Factors impacting the minimum capital requirement multiple
The Group’s estimated minimum capital requirement multiple (MCR multiple) at 30 June 2012 was 1.74. This compares to 1.58 at 30
June 2011. The movement reflects the combined effect of the following:
Higher capital base as a result of:
an increase in hybrid equities due to issue of New Zealand subordinated bonds and CPS offset by the redemption of RPS;
and
an increase in excess technical provisions primarily due to premium strength by repricing key parts of the business portfolio
to recover higher reinsurance and natural peril costs.
The minimum capital requirement increased marginally as a result of:
an increase in the insurance risk charge driven by a combination of GWP growth and the downwards movement in the yield
curve;
a decrease in the investment risk charge, primarily due to the decreased reinsurance recovery balance as well as the capital
benefit arising from collateral arrangements; and
a decrease in the catastrophe concentration risk charge following the placement of the 2012 reinsurance program.
The Group retained a capital position in excess of its long term benchmark, which is an MCR multiple of 1.45-1.50 times.
D. CREDIT RATING
Key wholly owned insurers within the Group had the following ratings published by Standard & Poor's (S&P) as at the current reporting
date. S&P reaffirmed these ratings on 16 February 2012.
ENTITY
Parent
Insurance Australia Group Limited
Licensed insurers
Insurance Australia Limited
IAG New Zealand Limited
CGU Insurance Limited
Swann Insurance (Aust) Pty Ltd
IAG Re Labuan (L) Berhad
IAG Re Australia Limited
IAG Re Singapore Pte Ltd
NOTE 36. NET TANGIBLE ASSETS
Net tangible assets per ordinary share
ISSUER CREDIT RATING
FINANCIAL STRENGTH
RATING
A+/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
n/a
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
n/a
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
A+/Stable
AA-/Stable
AA-/Stable
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$
1.23
2012
$
1.20
Net tangible assets per ordinary share has been determined using the net assets on the balance sheet adjusted for non-controlling
interests, intangible assets and goodwill.
NOTE 37. REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS
A. KPMG
I. Assurance services
Audit of the financial statements prepared for the Parent and subsidiaries
Audit of statutory returns in accordance with regulatory requirements
Other assurance services
II. Advisory services
In relation to other assurance, taxation and due diligence services
B. OTHER AUDITORS
I. Assurance services
Audit of the financial statements prepared for subsidiaries
II. Advisory services
Total remuneration of auditors
CONSOLIDATED
2011
$000
2012
$000
7,431
861
405
8,697
6,811
956
438
8,205
904
1,206
57
-
9,658
24
7
9,442
107
NOTE 38. PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES
The ultimate parent entity in the Consolidated entity is IAG which is incorporated in Australia. The following information of the Parent
entity, IAG, is disclosed as required by the current regulatory requirements in Australia.
A. FINANCIAL RESULTS
Profit/(loss) for the year
Total comprehensive income and (expense) for the year net of tax
B. FINANCIAL POSITION
Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
C. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total shareholders' equity
2012
$m
451
449
160
8,254
200
1,853
5,353
(1)
1,049
6,401
PARENT
2011
$m
377
377
214
7,658
194
1,457
5,353
-
848
6,201
Current liabilities exceeded current assets by $40 million as at 30 June 2012, primarily due to a net intercompany payable by the
Parent entity to its controlled entities. Due to the operation of a significant loan facility between the Parent and its controlled entities
the Parent entity has the ability to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable. Total assets of the Parent entity exceeded
total liabilities by $6,401 million.
In July 2012, subsequent to reporting date, an internal restructure of the Group was completed, resulting in all of the Group's
insurance businesses being directly held by the parent entity, IAG.
D. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed here where the possibility of settlement is less than
probable but more than remote. Provisions are not required with respect to these matters as it is not probable that a future sacrifice
of economic benefits will be required or the amount is not reliably measurable. If settlement becomes probable, a provision is
recognised. The best estimate of the settlement amount is used in measuring a contingent liability for disclosure. The measurement
involves judgement.
There are no known material exposures to the Parent or events that would require it to satisfy the guarantees or take action under a
support agreement.
E. COMMITMENTS
The Parent has no material commitments.
NOTE 39. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO REPORTING DATE
As the following transactions occurred after reporting date and did not relate to conditions existing at reporting date, no account has
been taken of them in the financial statements for the current reporting period ended 30 June 2012.
A. FINAL DIVIDEND
On 23 August 2012, the IAG Board determined to pay a final dividend of 12 cents per share, 100% franked. The dividend will be paid
on 3 October 2012. The dividend reinvestment plan will operate by acquiring shares on-market to participants with no discount
applied.
108 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
DIRECTORS' DECLARATION
In the opinion of the directors of Insurance Australia Group Limited:
the financial statements and notes 1 to 39, including all the remuneration disclosures that are contained in the remuneration
report of the directors’ report, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 including:
giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and Consolidated entity as at 30 June 2012 and of their
performance, as represented by the results of their operations and their cash flows, for the year ended on that date; and
complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations
2001; and
the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1.A; and
the remuneration report of the directors’ report complies with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 124 Related Party
Disclosures; and
there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and
payable.
The directors have been given the declaration required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 from the chief executive officer
and chief financial officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2012.
Signed at Sydney this 23rd day of August 2012 in accordance with a resolution of the directors.
Michael Wilkins
Director
109
INDEPENDENT
AUDITOR'S REPORT
TO THE EQUITY HOLDERS OF INSURANCE AUSTRALIA GROUP LIMITED
REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL REPORT
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Insurance Australia Group Limited (Company), which comprises the balance
sheet as at 30 June 2012, and the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for
the year ended on that date, notes 1 to 39 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information
and the directors’ declaration of the Company and the Group comprising the Company and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or
from time to time during the financial year.
DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL REPORT
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in accordance
with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such internal control as the directors determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement whether due to fraud or error. In
note 1.A, the directors also state, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements,
that the financial statements of the Group comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.
AUDITOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards. These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material
misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The
procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the
financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the
entity’s preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the
directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.
We performed the procedures to assess whether in all material respects the financial report presents fairly, in accordance with the
Corporations Act 2001 and Australian Accounting Standards, a true and fair view which is consistent with our understanding of the
Group’s financial position and of their performance.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
INDEPENDENCE
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.
AUDITOR'S OPINION
In our opinion:
the financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2012 and of their performance for the year ended
on that date; and
complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1.A.
110 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative ("KPMG
International"), a Swiss entity.
REPORT ON THE REMUNERATION REPORT
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in category B to E of the Directors' Report for the year ended 30 June 2012. The
directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report in accordance with Section
300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit
conducted in accordance with auditing standards.
AUDITOR'S OPINION
In our opinion, the remuneration disclosures that are contained in the sections of the Directors' Remuneration Report of Insurance
Australia Group Limited for the year ended 30 June 2012 that are described as audited comply with Section 300A of the Corporations
Act 2001.
KPMG
Dr Andries B Terblanché
Partner
Sydney
23 August 2012
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
111
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
You can access information about Insurance Australia Group Limited including company announcements, presentations and reports at
www.iag.com.au.
ASX CODES
Insurance Australia Group Limited’s shares are listed on the ASX under:
IAG (ordinary shares); and
IAGPC (convertible preference shares).
Insurance Australia Group Limited’s wholly owned subsidiary IAG Finance (New Zealand) Limited issued reset exchangeable securities
(RES) in January 2005 and they are listed on the ASX under IANG.
ANNUAL REPORT
Amendments to the Corporations Act 2001 have changed the obligations of companies regarding the provision of annual reports to
shareholders. The default option for receiving annual reports has changed from a printed copy to an electronic copy via IAG’s website
at www.iag.com.au.
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The 2012 annual general meeting (AGM) of Insurance Australia Group Limited will be held on Tuesday, 23 October 2012 commencing
at 10am at the Wesley Conference Centre, 220 Pitt Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia. The AGM will be webcast live on the internet
at www.iag.com.au and an archive version will be placed on the website to enable the AGM to be viewed at a later time.
ONLINE VOTING
Shareholders can lodge voting instructions electronically either as a direct vote or by appointing a proxy for the 2012 AGM at
www.iag.com.au. The information required to log on and use online voting is shown on your voting form.
SHAREHOLDER QUESTIONS
If you would like to submit a written question to the Company or the Company’s auditor please use the form supplied and return it with
your completed Voting Form in the pre addressed envelope provided or by fax to +61 (0)3 9473 2555. Please note your questions for
the auditor must be received by 5pm on 16 October 2012.
You may also submit a question, after completing your voting instructions online at www.iag.com.au. Members will also be given a
reasonable opportunity to ask questions of the Company and the auditor at the AGM.
During the course of the AGM IAG intends to answer as many of the frequently asked questions as practicable.
DIVIDEND PAYMENT METHODS
Insurance Australia Group Limited no longer issues Australian resident shareholders’ dividend payments by cheque. Shareholders
should provide the share registry with their alternative instructions as detailed below.
IAG-ORDINARY SHAREHOLDERS
Paid directly into a New Zealand bank account or to an Australian bank, credit union, building society or nominated account; or
Eligible ordinary shareholders can choose to participate in IAG’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP), if available, providing the
option to increase your shareholding without incurring brokerage or GST.
IAGPC-CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHAREHOLDERS
Paid directly into an Australian bank, credit union, building society or nominated account.
MANAGE YOUR HOLDING
Using your Shareholder Reference Number (SRN) or Holder Identification Number (HIN) and postcode of your registered address you
can view your holding online through IAG's share registry, Computershare, by following the easy prompts on their website at
www.investorcentre.com where you will be able to:
view your holding balance;
review your dividend payment history;
access shareholder forms; and
retrieve holding statements, including recent dividend payment advices.
112 IAG ANNUAL REPORT 2012
The share registry investor centre site will also allow you to update or add details to your shareholding. If you wish to amend or update
any of the current details you will be asked to register by choosing a User ID and Password which you can easily remember for
additional security purposes.
You will also be asked to enter answers to three personal questions for verification purposes should you forget your password in the
future.
If you have previously used the Investor Centre site you will be asked to key in your password only.
Once you have completed these steps you are then able to update your details and submit your changes to the share register
including:
change or amend your address if you are registered with an SRN;
nominate or amend your direct credit payment instructions;
set up or amend your DRP instructions;
sign up for electronic shareholder communications, including the annual report via email; and
add/change TFN/ABN details.
A confirmation/receipt number will be shown on screen for your online transaction which should be recorded should you have a
question in the future.
You are strongly advised to lodge your TFN, ABN or exemption. If you choose not to lodge these details with the share registry, then IAG
is obliged to deduct tax at the highest marginal tax rate (plus the Medicare levy) from the unfranked portion of any dividend or interest
payment.
Shareholders may also complete a number of transactions or request a form over the phone by contacting the share registry on 1300
360 688.
EMAIL ALERT SERVICE
You can now register to receive an alert message directly to your email address advising of new media releases, financial
announcements or presentations. You simply need to visit IAG's website at www.iag.com.au, click on the email alert button and
register your email address.
EMAIL ENQUIRIES
If you have a question, you can email your enquiry directly to IAG's share registry at iag@computershare.com.au. If your question
relates to an IAG company matter and the answer is not on IAG's website, you can email your question to
investor.relations@iag.com.au.
113
ORDINARY SHARES INFORMATION
IMPORTANT DATES*
IAG year end
Full year results and divided announced
Annual report and notice of meeting mailout commences
Record date for final dividend
Final dividend paid
Written questions for the auditor close (5pm)
Proxy return closes (10am)
Annual general meeting (10am)
IAG half year end
* Please note dates are subject to change.
TWENTY LARGEST SHAREHOLDERS AS AT 2 AUGUST 2012
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
National Nominees Limited
Cogent Nominees Pty Limited
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above